MAXPRO®NVR 6.

7
Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation & Configuration Guide

Revisions
Issue Date Description
1.0 Rev D Mar, 2014 Updated document for 3.1 Build 65 Rev C
1.0 Rev E Aug, 2014 Updated document for 3.1 SP1
2.0 Rev A Aug, 2015 Updated document for 3.5
3.0 Rev A August, 2016 Updated document for 4.0 Release
800-16419V4-A Feb, 2017 Updated document for 4.1 Release
800-16419V5-A August 2017 Updated document for 4.5 Release
800-16419V5-B November 2017 Updated document for 4.7 Release
800-16419V5-C February, 2018 Updated document for 4.9 Release
800-16419V5-D June, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 Release
800-16419V5-E September, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 T Patch Release
800-16419V5-F October, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 SP1 Release
800-16419V5-G February, 2019 Updated document for 5.5 Release
800-16419V5-J May, 2019 Updated document for 5.6 Release
800-26013-A November 2019 Updated document for 6.0 Release
800-26013-B August 2020 Updated document for 6.3 Release
800-26013-C February 2021 Updated document for 6.7 Release

2 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cautions and Warnings ............................................................................................................ 29

FCC Compliance Statement ................................................................................................... 29
Personal Data Storage .............................................................................................................. 30
Important Safeguards ............................................................................................................... 30
Warranty and Service................................................................................................................. 33
List of Symbols............................................................................................................................. 33

Chapter 1 - About This Guide....................................................................... 37

Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 37
Intended Audience...................................................................................................................... 37
Scope................................................................................................................................................ 37
Overview Of Contents................................................................................................................ 38
Related Documents.................................................................................................................... 39
Typographical Conventions .................................................................................................... 39

Chapter 2 - Introduction to MAXPRO®NVR .............................................. 41

Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 41
MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Boxed Solutions ..................................................................... 41
MAXPRO NVR Software Only Solution......................................................................... 41
MAXPRO NVR Family .......................................................................................................... 43
MAXPRO NVR Features ............................................................................................................ 44
Mask Compliance Detection ............................................................................................ 44
Social Distancing Violation Detection.......................................................................... 44

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 3

 Alarms for both Mask Detection and Social Distancing .................................44
Operating Conditions....................................................................................................44
Non-Compliant Social Distancing Regions................................................................44
Analytic Alarms in NVR .......................................................................................................45
Scalable Analytics Server...................................................................................................45
Bulk configurations of cameras from NVR .................................................................46
Bi-Directional Audio Support for MAXPRO NVR ......................................................46
Series 60 Camera Integration ..........................................................................................46
Support for Ex-Proof Camera models ....................................................................47
Enhancements in FishEye camera Dewarping Support .......................................47
Mask Compliance Detection ......................................................................................48
Social Distancing Violation Detection....................................................................48
Alarms for both Mask Detection and Social Distancing .................................48
Operating Conditions....................................................................................................48
Recommended Operating Conditions For Mask Detection ..........................48
Recommended Operating Conditions For Distancing Violation detection49
Support for Remote Analytics Server......................................................................53
Series 60 Camera Integration ..........................................................................................53
Supported Events/Alarms...........................................................................................54
Supported key Features ...............................................................................................55
Thermal Camera Integration - HRCF-FD384H/HRCF-FD640H .......................55
SSA - Software Service Agreement for MAXPRO ...............................................55
NDAA Series 30 camera Integration in MAXPRO NVR & VMS......................56
Supported Events ...........................................................................................................56
Supported key Features ...............................................................................................56
MPEG2 Encoder Support with MAXPRO NVR and VMS.................................57
Additional Cameras Support......................................................................................57
Additional Resolution Support ..................................................................................57
Video Guard service for SIRA compliance.............................................................57
New Features in NVR 5.6....................................................................................................57
Support for Equip series V2 Cameras ....................................................................57
Support for HRHQ104 DVR ........................................................................................59
Support for smooth Rendering at VMS..................................................................59
New Features in NVR 5.5....................................................................................................59

4 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Analytics Annotations Support..................................................................................59
Enhancements in Video connection .......................................................................59
New features in NVR 5.0 .....................................................................................................59
Patches Merged in SP1 ................................................................................................59
5.0 T Patch .........................................................................................................................59
Windows Expiry Patch...................................................................................................60
Archival Improvements .......................................................................................................60

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 5

 Include Archived Clips ..................................................................................................60
Primary and Archived Location.................................................................................60
Camera Name & Clip status .......................................................................................60
Archival Schedule Check box.....................................................................................60
Archival Clip and Deletion Retry ...............................................................................61
Validation Message For Network Credentials .....................................................61
Disabled Password Never Expires............................................................................61
Playing archived clips through Client machine .................................................61
Improved GPU rendering.............................................................................................62
GPU Rendering Combinations ..................................................................................62
60FPS support for EQUIP-S 1080P cameras .....................................................62
NAS Recording support................................................................................................63
Video Anonymization ....................................................................................................63
Installation ........................................................................................................................63
Support for 128 Channel.............................................................................................64
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR) ........................................................................64
Password Complexity and Expiry Enhancements.............................................65
UI Improvements ............................................................................................................66
Improvements in Status Monitor .............................................................................66
System and Performance Improvements .............................................................66
Integrity Service Settings ............................................................................................67
New EquIP 1080p and 4MP Camera Integration..............................................67
RTSP H.265 Support .....................................................................................................68
Enhancements in MAXPRO Mobile APP...............................................................68
Grand Eye New Evolution support...........................................................................68
Industry Standards ........................................................................................................68
Flexible Licensing...........................................................................................................69
Role Based Operator Privileges.................................................................................69
Easy Configuration ........................................................................................................69
64 channel Support .......................................................................................................69
Auto Discovery .................................................................................................................69
MultiStream ......................................................................................................................69
Third Party ONVIF Profile G supported cameras: ..............................................70
MAXPRO Web Configurator .......................................................................................70

6 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 New Deletion Schedule.................................................................................................70
GPU Rendering Support...............................................................................................70
Analog Capture Card Support....................................................................................70
User-Friendly and Feature-Rich User Interface .................................................70
MAXPRO Status Monitor .............................................................................................71
Recording and Playback Operations.......................................................................71
On Demand live Streaming (VOD)............................................................................71
Profile-G or Edge Sync Support ................................................................................72
Low bandwidth Stream Settings:..............................................................................72
Optimize Stream Usage Settings:.............................................................................72
Enriched Video Viewing Experience ........................................................................73
Efficient Event and Alarm Viewing Capability .....................................................73
Simultaneous Video Recording and Video Viewing ..........................................73
Video Motion Detection (VMD) Support ................................................................73
Search..................................................................................................................................73
SMART Motion Search ..................................................................................................73
360 Immersive Experience (Dewarping) Support..............................................73
New EquIP Series Camera Models Support .........................................................74
New high performance and specialty EquIP Camera Support.....................74
3D Positioning..................................................................................................................74
New EquIP Camera Model Dewarping ...................................................................74
H.265 Codec Support....................................................................................................74
Meta Data Conversion Utility .....................................................................................75
Multi-language Support ..............................................................................................75
Keyboard Support ...........................................................................................................75
Clip Export .........................................................................................................................75
MAXPRO NVR Clip Player ............................................................................................75
Email Notification ...........................................................................................................75
Video Surround Feature ...............................................................................................75
Profile Cameras ...............................................................................................................75
Reports ................................................................................................................................76
Integration Capability ...................................................................................................76
Audio ....................................................................................................................................76
Web Client ..........................................................................................................................76
Archival................................................................................................................................76

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 7

 Mobile Apps ......................................................................................................................76
Advanced Security..........................................................................................................77
MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture ......................................................................77
MAXPRO NVR Standalone System Diagram..............................................................77
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Standalone System Diagram...............................................78
MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture.......................................................79

Chapter 3 - Commissioning MAXPRO NVR............................................... 81

Overview of Commissioning Procedure..............................................................................81
Steps in the Commissioning Procedure .............................................................................81
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR ...........................................................................................81
Installing the Software in the Server and Client Computers ...............................82
Configuring the MAXPRO NVR........................................................................................82
Verifying the Configuration...............................................................................................82

Chapter 4 - Setting up the MAXPRO NVR ................................................. 83

Overview ..........................................................................................................................................83
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions ...................................................83
Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram.......................................................................84
Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram ........................................................85
Connecting the Monitors ...................................................................................................85
Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit .............................................................................85
To power on the MAXPRO NVR unit ........................................................................86
To turn off the power for MAXPRO NVR.................................................................86
Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name ............................86
Changing the IP address .............................................................................................87
Changing the computer name ..................................................................................88
Configuring the Monitor Display Properties..............................................................88
Configuring Display Settings for the Context Menu ........................................88
Configuring Display Setting from the Control Panel .......................................88
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution.................................................89
Before you Begin ...................................................................................................................89
Hardware Specifications ....................................................................................................89
MAXPRO NVR Software System Architecture............................................................89

8 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System.....................................89
MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System .....................................90
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections ......................................................................................90
Rear Panel Connectors........................................................................................................90
Hybrid XE Connections.................................................................................................91
Hybrid SE Connections.................................................................................................93
Hybrid PE Connections ................................................................................................94
Connecting a Video Source ...............................................................................................95
Looping Output Termination ............................................................................................96
Connecting Control Outputs.............................................................................................97
Connecting Sensors .............................................................................................................97
Connecting an Analog PTZ Camera ...............................................................................98
Attaching the 4-Pin Adapter.......................................................................................98
Connecting the Joystick Controller ......................................................................................99
Connecting a Joystick Controller to MAXPRO NVR ..........................................99
How to log on to the UltraKey Plus keyboard? ...........................................................99
How to log off from the UltraKey Plus keyboard? .....................................................99
NetBIOS Naming Convention Limitations ...............................................................100

Chapter 5 - Installing the NVR Software.................................................101

Overview .......................................................................................................................................101
Before you Begin.................................................................................................................101
MAXPRO NVR Software - Operating System Prerequisites........................101
Before you Begin - Windows Updates .................................................................102
Before you Begin - Disable Defragmentation ..................................................103
Before you Begin - Disable Volume Shadow Copy, Windows Backup Services
103
Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account
Created By NVR.............................................................................................................103
Before you Begin - Installed SQL Service Pack on older SQL Server versions
103
MAXPRO NVR Software Installation .................................................................................104
How to Install MAXPRO NVR .........................................................................................104

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 9

 Full Installation............................................................................................................. 107
Installing Web Client .................................................................................................. 112
Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through Web Client......... 112
Client Installation............................................................................................................... 114
Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR................................................................................................... 117
Client Uninstall ................................................................................................................... 117
Full Uninstall........................................................................................................................ 117
NetBIOS Naming Convention Limitations............................................................... 119

Chapter 6 - Logging on and Getting Started ..........................................121

Logging on Using Profiles..................................................................................................... 121
Logging on to MAXPRO NVR ........................................................................................ 122
Tips for Logging on..................................................................................................... 123
Changing the Default Password............................................................................ 123
Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop Client........................................ 124
Managing Profiles.............................................................................................................. 124
Saving a Server Address in a Profile..................................................................... 124
Setting the Default Profile........................................................................................ 126
Modifying a Profile...................................................................................................... 126
Deleting a Profile ......................................................................................................... 127
Editing the Ports .......................................................................................................... 127
Port Forwarding......................................................................................................................... 128
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface ..................................................... 130
Viewer Tab ............................................................................................................................. 131
Configurator Tab................................................................................................................. 132
Search Tab............................................................................................................................. 133
Report Tab ............................................................................................................................. 134
Setting Preferences ................................................................................................................. 134
Settings for Video Rendering......................................................................................... 135
Rendering Settings for a GPU system........................................................................ 136
Pausing the Video Rendering........................................................................................ 137
Settings for Alarm Preview Pane .................................................................................. 138
Setting the Alarm Threshold Value ............................................................................. 140
Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings .................................................... 141

10 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Configuring the OSD Settings.......................................................................................141
Configuring the Timeline Settings ..............................................................................142
Configuring the Diagnostic Settings..........................................................................143
Configuring the Advanced Settings ............................................................................144
To configure the Advanced settings .....................................................................145
Encryption Certificate deployment scenario ....................................................146
Configuring the Default Settings.................................................................................147
Licensing Information.............................................................................................................147
Viewing the Version and License Information of MAXPRO NVR .....................147
Registration and Licensing ............................................................................................150
SSA - Software Service Agreement for MAXPRO ...................................................150
Analytics License .........................................................................................................151
Logging off............................................................................................................................152
Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface ...............................................................152

Chapter 7 - Configuring MAXPRO NVR...................................................153

Overview .......................................................................................................................................154
Before you Begin.................................................................................................................155
Firewall Settings ........................................................................................................................155
Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard..........................155
MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task bar............................................................160
Navigating to Configurator tab.....................................................................................161
Configuring the System Settings........................................................................................161
Configuring General Settings........................................................................................162
Event Recording Settings................................................................................................163
Email Settings......................................................................................................................163
Site Info Settings ................................................................................................................164
Archival Schedule Settings.............................................................................................164
Edge Sync Settings ............................................................................................................165
Manual Archival ..................................................................................................................165
Holidays/Exceptions Settings.......................................................................................167
Configuring the Disk Management Settings .................................................................167
Configuring the Cameras ......................................................................................................171
Adding IP Cameras / Encoders.....................................................................................172

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 11

 Configuring the Camera Properties ..................................................................... 176
Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings........................................................... 180
Adding Additional Streams for a Camera ................................................................. 182
Deleting Additional Streams ................................................................................... 183
Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras............... 184
Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders ......................................... 185
Adding FLIR Camera .................................................................................................. 187
Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders ......................................................................... 188
Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera .................................... 189
Configuring 360/180 Cameras.................................................................................... 192
Configuring the Panomorph Settings for the Cameras with Immervision
Support ............................................................................................................................ 192
Configuring Oncam Grandeye Cameras ............................................................ 193
Adding Axis 360/180 Camera ................................................................................ 195
Adding Arecont 360/180 Camera......................................................................... 197
Configuring the New EquIP Model Camera for Dewarping........................ 200
Managing Analog Cameras ........................................................................................... 202
Adding/Deleting Analog Cameras........................................................................ 202
Configuring Analog Cameras ................................................................................. 203
Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera .......................... 209
Spot Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 214
Server VMD (SMART VMD) ............................................................................................. 214
Updating the Cameras ..................................................................................................... 218
Deleting the Cameras....................................................................................................... 218
Configuring the Schedules ................................................................................................... 218
Creating a Schedule.......................................................................................................... 218
Deleting a Schedule .......................................................................................................... 220
Configuring the Sequences.................................................................................................. 220
Creating a Sequence......................................................................................................... 220
Rearranging the Cameras In the Sequence ...................................................... 221
Removing Presets from a Sequence .................................................................... 221
Updating a Sequence ....................................................................................................... 222
Deleting a Sequence ......................................................................................................... 222
Performing User Administration ........................................................................................ 222

12 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Adding a User.......................................................................................................................224
Updating a User ..................................................................................................................226
Deleting a User ....................................................................................................................227
Recommended stream Settings.............................................................................227
Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option ..........................................227
Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips..................................................................................228
Perform the steps in the order as mentioned below:.....................................228
Upgrade MAXPRO NVR....................................................................................................228
Configure the Automatic Retry parameter values ..........................................229
Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming ......................................................230
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) .................................................................232
Anonymization.....................................................................................................................232
Four Eye Authentication ..................................................................................................232
Clip Export Option .......................................................................................................233
Licensing ...............................................................................................................................233
How to enable Anonymization.......................................................................................233
How to view Anonymized video ..............................................................................235
How to enable Four Eye Authentication....................................................................237
How Four Eye Authentication feature Works ....................................................237
Video Anonymization ........................................................................................................239
How to Anonymize objects based on Environment........................................240
Improved GPU Rendering ...............................................................................................242
Settings for Rendering Video through GPU ......................................................242
GPU Rendering Combinations ...............................................................................244
How to identify if a camera is Rendering in GPU Mode................................244
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording........................................................245
Step 1: Create Directory in NAS..............................................................................245
Step 2: Map the User details with NVR User .....................................................245
Step 3: Configure the NAS Drive in NVR .............................................................246
QNAP NAS for Recording ................................................................................................246
Limitations in Configuring NAS for recording .................................................247
Playing archived clips through Client machine .....................................................248
Different Scenarios to playback Archived Clip .................................................249
How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings................................251

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 13

 Annotations................................................................................................................................. 252
Introduction ................................................................................................................... 252
How to get/configure Annotation Feature............................................................... 253
Upgrade the Camera Firmware.............................................................................. 253
Install the VA packages .................................................................................................... 254
Remove Old VA Package ........................................................................................... 254
Upgrade to Latest VA Packages............................................................................. 255
Obtain the License and install...................................................................................... 255
Configuring Intrusion trace..................................................................................... 257
Configuring Loitering trace..................................................................................... 261
Loitering Trace with PTZ Camera .......................................................................... 265
Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR................................................................ 266
How to enable Annotation in NVR......................................................................... 266
Snapshots with Annotations.......................................................................................... 272
Setting the Audio Codec in Camera Web Page ...................................................... 273
Video Guard service for SIRA compliance.......................................................... 274
NDAA HC Series 30 Camera Support ............................................................................... 275
Supported Events ........................................................................................................ 276
Series 30 Cameras Features.......................................................................................... 276
MPEG2 Encoder Support ...................................................................................................... 282
Multicast Streaming IP for Encoder..................................................................... 283
How to configure Multicast IP for ENC Encoder............................................. 283
Configuring Remote Analytics Server........................................................................ 285
Scalable Analytics Server................................................................................................ 285
Converting a NVR Machine to a Analytics Remote Server .......................... 285
How to Add Analytics Server in NVR Machine ................................................. 288
Manging Cameras for Analytics Server .............................................................. 289
Editing Remote Analytics Server Details............................................................ 290
Bulk configurations of cameras from NVR .............................................................. 291

14 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 How to configure General Settings for cameras in bulk...............................291
How to configure Schedule Settings for cameras in Bulk ...........................293
How to configure Preferences for cameras in Bulk ........................................294
How to configure Stream Settings for cameras in Bulk ...............................296
How to configure SVMD for cameras in bulk ....................................................299
Bi-Directional Audio Support for MAXPRO NVR....................................................300
How to configure Bi-Directional Audio for a camera.....................................301
Limitation........................................................................................................................302
Series 60 Camera Integration........................................................................................302
Configuring Social Distancing ROI Duration and Show ..............................303

Chapter 7 - Verifying the Configuration .................................................305

Overview .......................................................................................................................................305
Before you Begin.................................................................................................................305
Activities to Perform in this Phase...............................................................................305
Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO NVR Server.........................................306
Checking the Device listing in the Devices Window....................................................306
Checking the Acknowledgment and Clearing of Alarms...........................................306
Checking the Live Video from Cameras ...........................................................................307
Checking the Playback of Recorded Video .....................................................................307
Checking the Panning, Tilting, and Zooming ................................................................308
Checking the Creation of Images .......................................................................................308
Checking the Creation of Clips ............................................................................................308
Checking the Salvo View Feature........................................................................................309
Checking the Search for Recorded Video in MAXPRO NVR .....................................309
Checking the Generation of Event History/ Operator Log Report........................309

Chapter 8 - Upgrade MAXPRO NVR Software........................................311

Overview .......................................................................................................................................311

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 15

 Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Build 687 ........................................................... 311
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.3 Build 643 ........................................................... 316
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.0 Build 622 ........................................................... 316
Before Upgrading ........................................................................................................ 316
Pre-requisite .................................................................................................................. 316
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.6 (Build 572) ........................................................ 321
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.5 (Build 558) ........................................................ 322
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1(Build 532) ................................................ 324
Uninstalling SP1 .......................................................................................................... 325
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 522(T Patch)......................................... 326
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D............................................... 327
Before Upgrading ........................................................................................................ 327
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204 ........................................................... 331
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Build 188 ........................................................... 332
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B............................................... 332
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Build 162 ........................................................... 334
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B............................................... 336
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0....................................................................................... 337
Taking the Database Backup .................................................................................. 338
How to upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0.................................................................. 338

Chapter 9 - MAXPRO NVR Web Client .....................................................343

Introducing Web Client .................................................................................................... 343
Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings ..................................................... 344
Installing Web Client......................................................................................................... 344
Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through Web Client......... 344
Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator ................................................................... 345
To set the Web Configurator.................................................................................... 346
Creating Self Signed Certificate................................................................................... 351
Binding the generated certificate with https .......................................................... 354
Installing the Certificate.................................................................................................. 355
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate........................................................................... 357
Installing an SSL Certificate in Windows Server 2008 (IIS 7.0)....................... 357

16 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Create the Certificate Signing Request...............................................................357
Installing the Certificate............................................................................................361
Bind the Certificate to a website ............................................................................364
Install any Intermediate Certificates....................................................................365
Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app
366
Step 1: Changing the Default Port 443 on the MAXPRO NVR...................367
Step 2: Changing the Port in the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app
368
Viewing the Certificate Information ............................................................................368

Chapter 10 - MAXPRO NVR Mobile App .................................................371

Introduction.................................................................................................................................371
Enhancements in NVR 5.0 Release ......................................................................371
MAXPRO NVR Mobile app Installation ......................................................................372
Minimum Requirements ...........................................................................................372
Installing the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app ..................................................................374
Typical Network Configuration and Settings ..........................................................375
Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app.................................................377
Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings......................................................378
Adding the MAXPRO NVR to the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app ............................379
Logon using Touch ID (Fingerprint Authenticated).......................................383
Enable HIS Streaming................................................................................................388
Adding Multiple NVR Recorders ...................................................................................388
Editing NVR Recorder Details........................................................................................390
Deleting the Saved NVR Recorders .............................................................................392
Changing Default Port 443 ............................................................................................392
Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings in MAXPRO Mobile App.....392

Chapter A - Appendix A ...............................................................................395

Customizing IP Address and Machine Name and Scheduling Metadata and
Database Backup ......................................................................................................................395
Changing the Default IP address and Machine Name........................................395
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup..................................................................395
Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata and Database...........................396

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 17

 Meta Data Conversion Utility ........................................................................................ 400
Offline Mode .................................................................................................................. 401
How to access the Meta Data Conversion Utility............................................ 401
Updating the Unique system ID for all Cameras ............................................ 402
Updating the Unique system ID for Specific Cameras ................................. 403
How to update the Unique ID in Offline Mode................................................. 404
How to Enable Video on demand feature in MAXPRO NVR .............................. 406
How to Enable the Camera Stream ................................................................................... 407

Chapter B - Appendix B ...............................................................................409

Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras ................................ 409
For Oncam Grandeye Evolution Cameras................................................................ 409
Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras............................................... 409
VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration................................... 410
Overview of MAXPRO NVR Recording Options ...................................................... 410
Configuring the Pre and Post Event Recording Settings................................... 412
Configuring Camera Settings for VMD-Based Recording................................. 413
Server VMD (SMART VMD) ............................................................................................. 414
Configuring Built-in VMD ............................................................................................... 414
Disabling Motion Detection .................................................................................... 414
Fine Tuning the Video Motion Detection............................................................ 414
Increasing VMD Sensitivity...................................................................................... 415
Decreasing VMD Sensitivity .................................................................................... 415
VMD Configuration Examples................................................................................ 416
Event and Alarm Types ........................................................................................................... 417
Camera Level Events and Alarm types ............................................................... 417
Video Analytics Events............................................................................................... 418
Recorder Level Events and Alarm types ............................................................. 418
SMART VMD Level Events and Alarm types ..................................................... 419
Configuring Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms ................................................... 419
How to upgrade the Firmware of a camera ....................................................... 419
How to configure Loitering Trace Alarm............................................................. 420
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using
ONVIF)........................................................................................................................................... 425

18 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1: Enable ONVIF Web Service on AXIS Camera/Encoder ........................425
Scenario Description ..................................................................................................425
Step 2: Discover and Configure the AXIS Camera/Encoder in MAXPRO® NVR428

Chapter C - Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0..................................431

Overview .................................................................................................................................431
AXIS Patch .............................................................................................................................431
Issues Fixed ....................................................................................................................431
Skylake Patch.......................................................................................................................431
Release Highlights: .....................................................................................................432
Issues Fixed ....................................................................................................................432
How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera .................................................433
How to Disable the GPU Rendering ............................................................................433

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 19

 This page is intentionally left blank

20 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1: MAXPRO NVR SE System Diagram 54

Figure 1-2: MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone System Architecture 55

Figure 1-3: MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture 56

Figure 3-1: Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram 63

Figure 3-2: Network and Sharing Center 64

Figure 3-3: LAN Properties 65

Figure 3-4: MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System 67

Figure 3-5: MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System 67

Figure 3-6: Hybrid XE Connections 69

Figure 3-7: Hybrid SE Connections 70

Figure 3-8: Hybrid PE Connections 71

Figure 3-9: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE 72

Figure 3-10: Connecting a Video Source 73

Figure 3-11: Looping Output Termination 73

Figure 3-12: Control Outputs 74

Figure 3-13: Connecting Sensors 74

Figure 3-14: 4-Pin Adapter 75

Figure 4-1: Automatic Windows Update Enabled Warning Message 78

Figure 4-2: Pending Reboot Error Message 78

Figure 4-3: License Agreement 81

Figure 4-4: Customer Information and Destination Folder details 81

Figure 4-5: Validation of User Credentials 82

Figure 4-6: Choose Installation Type 82

Figure 4-7: Choose Installation Type 83

Figure 4-8: Database Server Log on 84

Figure 4-9: Choose location for MAXPRO NVR database Path 85

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 21

Figure 4-10: Choose Recording Drives 86

Figure 4-11: Localization Support 86

Figure 4-12: Summary 87

Figure 4-13: Reboot prompt 88

Figure 4-14: MAXPRO NVR 6.0 Client Configuration 90

Figure 4-15: Localization Support 90

Figure 4-16: Summary 91

Figure 4-17: Reboot prompt 92

Figure 4-18: Retaining Trinity Database 94

Figure 4-19: Installation Finish 95

Figure 5-1: MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box 98

Figure 5-2: Server Settings dialog box 100

Figure 5-3: Setting the Default Profile 101

Figure 5-4: Editing the Ports 102

Figure 5-5: Port Forwarding Scenario 1 103

Figure 5-6: Port Forwarding scenario 2 104

Figure 5-7: Viewer tab 105

Figure 5-8: Configurator tab 107

Figure 5-9: Search tab 108

Figure 5-10: Report tab 109

Figure 5-11: General Settings tab 110

Figure 5-12: Rendering Settings tab 110

Figure 5-13: Rendering Settings tab 111

Figure 5-14: Settings for pausing the Video Rendering 112

Figure 5-15: Settings for the Alarm Preview Pane 113

Figure 5-16: Setting the Alarm Threshold 113

Figure 5-17: Settings for SnapShot Clip Export 114

Figure 5-18: OSD Settings tab 114

Figure 5-19: Timeline Settings tab 115

Figure 5-20: Diagnostic Settings tab 115

Figure 5-21: Advanced Settings Tab 116

Figure 5-22: Advance Settings Tab Service Restart 117

Figure 5-23: About MAXPRO NVR 119

Figure 5-24: License Management Console 119

Figure 6-1: CONFIGURATION page 126

22 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Figure 6-2: CAMERA DISCOVERY page 128

Figure 6-3: Discovered Cameras 128

Figure 6-4: INSTALLATION page 129

Figure 6-5: MAXPRO NVR Wizard Task bar Settings 130

Figure 6-6: System page 131

Figure 6-7: Archive Progress 134

Figure 6-8: Disk Management page 136

Figure 6-9: Graphical Illustration 138

Figure 6-10: Drive Type 139

Figure 6-11: Camera page 140

Figure 6-12: Camera Properties pane 144

Figure 6-13: Auto Discovery Window 148

Figure 6-14: Camera Properties Pane 149

Figure 6-15: Adding Stream 149

Figure 6-16: Camera Type field displaying “ONVIF DEVICE” for a ONVIF camera 152

Figure 6-17: Encoder discovery 153

Figure 6-18: Adding the Encoder 154

Figure 6-19: Adding FLIR Model Camera 155

Figure 6-20: Saving FLIR Camera 156

Figure 6-21: RTSP Settings 157

Figure 6-22: IO page 158

Figure 6-23: Panomorph Settings 160

Figure 6-24: Grandeye Dewarping Settings 162

Figure 6-25: Discovering AXIS 360 Camera 163

Figure 6-26: Adding Remaining Axis Channels 164

Figure 6-27: AXIS Channels 165

Figure 6-28: Adding Arecont 360 Model Camera 166

Figure 6-29: Adding Remaining Arecont channels 166

Figure 6-30: Arecont Channels 167

Figure 6-31: EquIP- Fisheye camera Settings 168

Figure 6-32: Dewarping Success Message 169

Figure 6-33: Dewarped Views List 170

Figure 6-34: Adding or Deleting Analog Camera 171

Figure 6-35: Camera page 172

Figure 6-36: Camera properties pane 173

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 23

Figure 6-37: Color Correction dialog box 175

Figure 6-38: Camera properties pane 177

Figure 6-39: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE 179

Figure 6-40: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE 180

Figure 6-41: MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE Rear View 181

Figure 6-42: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE 182

Figure 6-43: Detection of relevant motion 183

Figure 6-44: SMART VMD Configuration 184

Figure 6-45: Schedule page 186

Figure 6-46: Sequence page 187

Figure 6-47: User page 191

Figure 6-48: Enable On Demand 196

Figure 6-49: License Privacy protection Settings 198

Figure 6-50: Privacy protection Settings 199

Figure 6-51: Anonymization Camera Level 199

Figure 6-52: Anonymization at USer level 200

Figure 6-53: Blur View 201

Figure 6-54: Pixelize Views 201

Figure 6-55: Enable Four Eye 202

Figure 6-56: Four Eye Authentication 202

Figure 6-57: Four Eye Authentication Success 203

Figure 6-58: Authenticating User 204

Figure 8-1: Welcome Wizard 253

Figure 8-2: Installation Complete 253

Figure 8-3: Welcome Wizard 254

Figure 8-4: Installation Complete 255

Figure 8-5: Welcome Wizard 256

Figure 8-6: Installation Complete 256

Figure 8-7: Welcome Wizard 257

Figure 8-8: Installation Complete 257

Figure 8-9: Welcome Wizard 258

Figure 8-10: Validation of User Credentials 259

Figure 8-11: Localization Support 259

Figure 8-12: Summary 260

Figure 8-13: Upgrade Finish 260

24 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Figure 8-14: Welcome Wizard 262

Figure 8-15: Installation Complete 262

Figure 8-16: Welcome Wizard 263

Figure 8-17: Installation Complete 264

Figure 8-18: Welcome Wizard 265

Figure 8-19: Installation Complete 265

Figure 8-20: Welcome Wizard 267

Figure 8-21: Installation Complete 267

Figure 8-22: Taking Database backup using the MAXPRO NVR Agent 268

Figure 8-23: Validation of User Credentials 269

Figure 8-24: Choose Metadata Path 270

Figure 8-25: Summary 270

Figure 8-26: Reboot prompt 271

Figure 9-1: MAXPRO WebConfigurator 275

Figure 9-2: MAXPROWebConfigurator-Server Configuration 278

Figure 9-3: MAXPROWebConfigurator-Security Configuration 279

Figure 9-4: Home 281

Figure 9-5: Server Certificate 281

Figure 9-6: Specify Friendly Name 282

Figure 9-7: Generated Certificate 282

Figure 9-8: Site Bindings Dialog 283

Figure 9-9: Edit Site Bindings 283

Figure 9-10: Certificate Error 284

Figure 9-11: Untrusted Certificate 284

Figure 9-12: Certificate 285

Figure 9-13: Certificate Import Wizard 285

Figure 9-14: IIS Home 286

Figure 9-15: Create Certificate Request 287

Figure 9-16: Request Certificate 287

Figure 9-17: Request Certificate 288

Figure 9-18: Request Certificate 289

Figure 9-19: IIS Manger 290

Figure 9-20: IIS Manger 290

Figure 9-21: Complete Certificate request 291

Figure 9-22: IIS manger-Server Certificate 291

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 25

Figure 9-23: Site Bindings Dialog 292

Figure 9-24: Add Site Bindings 292

Figure 9-25: Certificate 293

Figure 9-26: Certificate Import Wizard 294

Figure 9-27: Server Configuration 295

Figure 9-28: Program Maintenance 297

Figure 9-29: Certificate dialog 297

Figure 10-1: System Diagram 305

Figure A-1: Computer Management 322

Figure A-2: Task Scheduler 323

Figure A-3: Create Basic Task 323

Figure A-4: Task Trigger 324

Figure A-5: Daily Dialog 324

Figure A-6: Action dialog 325

Figure A-7: Start a Program 325

Figure A-8: Meta Data Conversion Utility Login 327

Figure A-9: Meta Data Conversion Utility 327

Figure A-10: Define Unique ID screen 328

Figure A-11: Updating Unique ID 329

Figure A-12: Offline Mode 330

Figure A-13: Offline Updating Unique ID 330

Figure B-1: I-frame Example 337

Figure B-2: Camera configuration page 339

Figure B-3: Sensitivity Level Comparison: Normal Field of View 341

Figure B-4: Sensitivity Level Comparison: Wide Field of View 341

Figure B-5: Combination Field of View Example 342

Figure B-6: Upgrade Firmware - Setup Page 344

Figure B-7: Smart Plan Setup Page 345

Figure B-8: Extensional smart function page 345

Figure B-9: Xtralis Login 346

Figure B-10: Loiter Trace Page 346

Figure B-11: Loiter Trace Configuration 347

Figure B-12: Loiter Trace - Calibrate 347

Figure B-13: Loiter Trace - Zones 348

Figure B-14: Loiter Trace - Parameters 348

26 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Figure B-15: Loiter Trace - Live View Logs 349

Figure B-16: User List 350

Figure B-17: ONVIF User Setup 350

Figure B-18: Server Maintenance 351

Figure B-19: Axis Credentials 353

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 27

 This page was intentionally left blank

28 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 PRECAUTIONS

Cautions and Warnings

Installation and servicing should be performed only by qualified and experienced technicians to
conform to all local codes and to maintain your warranty.

WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment). Correct

disposal of this product (applicable in the European Union
and other European countries with separate collection sys-
tems). This product should be disposed of, at the end of its
useful life, as per applicable local laws, regulations, and pro-
cedures.

FCC Compliance Statement

Information to the User: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class A digital device. Pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules, these limits are designed to provide rea-
sonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 29

installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Caution: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la Classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

Personal Data Storage

Please be aware that this product can store personal data.
Personal data is protected by the General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679) in Europe and
therefore the owners of personal data have obtained certain rights thanks to this regulation.
We strongly advise you to be fully aware of these owner ("data subjects") rights as well as which lim-
itations you have to obey regarding the use and distribution of this data.
Further details can be found on the GDPR website of the EU: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/
priorities/justice-and-fundamental-rights/data-protection/2018-reform-eu-data-protection-
rules_en

Important Safeguards
1. Read Instructions
All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the appliance is operated.
2. Retain Instructions
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.
3. Cleaning
Unplug this equipment from the wall outlet before cleaning it. Do not use liquid aerosol cleaners.
Use a damp soft cloth for cleaning.
4. Attachments
Never add any attachments and/or equipment without the approval of the manufacturer as such
additions may result in the risk of fire, electric shock, or other personal injury.
5. Water and/or Moisture
Do not use this equipment near water or in contact with water.
6. Ventilation

30 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Place this equipment only in an upright position. Ensure product ventilation openings are not
obstructed.
7. Accessories
Do not place this equipment on an unstable cart, stand, or table. The equipment
may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the equip-
ment. Wall or shelf mounting should follow the manufacturer's instructions, and
should use a mounting kit approved by the manufacturer.
This equipment and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops,
excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the equipment and cart combina-
tion to overturn.

8. Power Sources
This equipment should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the marking
label. If you are not sure of the type of power, please consult your equipment dealer or local power
company.
9. Power Cords
Operator or installer must remove power, BNC, alarm, and other connections before moving the
equipment.
10. Lightning
For added protection for this equipment during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and
unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable
system. This will prevent damage to the equipment due to lightning and power-line surges.
11. Overloading
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords to avoid the risk of fire or electric shock.
12. Objects and Liquids
Never push objects of any kind through openings of this equipment as they may touch dangerous
voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any
kind on the equipment.
13. Servicing
Do not attempt to service this equipment yourself. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
14. Damage Requiring Service
Unplug this equipment from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under
the following conditions:
• When the power-supply cord or the plug has been damaged
• If liquid is spilled or objects have fallen into the equipment
• If the equipment has been exposed to rain or water

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 31

 • If the equipment does not operate normally by following the operating instructions, adjust
only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an improper adjustment
of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified
technician to restore the equipment to its normal operation.
• If the equipment has been dropped or the cabinet damaged
• When the equipment exhibits a distinct change in performance-this indicates a need for
service.
15. Replacement Parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts
specified by the manufacturer or that have the same characteristics as the original part. Unautho-
rized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other hazards.
16. Safety Check
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this equipment, ask the service technician to perform
safety checks to determine that the equipment is in proper operating condition.
17. Field Installation
This installation should be made by a qualified service person and should conform to all local codes.
18. Correct Batteries

Warning: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.

19. Operating Temperature

An operating temperature range is specified so that the customer and installer may determine a
suitable operating environment for the equipment.
20. Elevated Operating Ambient Temperature
If installed in a closed or multi-unit rack assembly, the operating ambient temperature of the rack
environment may be greater than room ambient. Therefore, consideration should be given to install-
ing the equipment in an environment compatible with the specified operating temperature range.
21. Reduced Air Flow
Installation of the equipment in the rack should be such that the amount of airflow required for safe
operation of the equipment is not compromised.
22. Mechanical Loading
Mounting of the equipment in the rack should be such that a hazardous condition is not caused by
uneven mechanical loading.
23. Circuit Overloading
Consideration should be given to connection of the equipment to supply circuit and the effect that
overloading of circuits might have on over-current protection and supply wiring. Appropriate consid-
eration of equipment nameplate ratings should be used when addressing this concern.

32 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

24. Reliable Earthing (Grounding)
Reliable grounding of rack mounted equipment should be maintained. Particular attention should
be given to supply connections other than direct connections to the branch circuit (for example, use
of power strips).

Warranty and Service

Subject to the terms and conditions listed on the Product warranty, during the warranty period Hon-
eywell will repair or replace, at its sole option, free of charge, any defective products returned pre-
paid.
In the event you have a problem with any Honeywell product, please call Technical Support at 1-800-
323-4576 (North America only) for assistance or to request a Return Merchandise Authorization
(RMA) number.
Be sure to have the model number, serial number, and the nature of the problem available for the
technical service representative.
Prior authorization must be obtained for all returns, exchanges, or credits. Items shipped to Honey-
well without a clearly identified Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number may be refused.

List of Symbols
The following is a list of symbols that might appear on the NVR.

Symbol Explanation

The WEEE symbol.

This symbol indicates that when the end-user wishes to discard this product, it must be
sent to separate collection facilities for recovery and recycling. By separating this
product from other household-type waste, the volume of waste sent to incinerators or
landfills will be reduced, and thus natural resources will be conserved.

The UL compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product has been tested and is listed by the Underwriters
Laboratories.

The FCC compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms to Federal Communication’s
Commission compliance standards.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 33

 Symbol Explanation

The direct current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the power input/output for the product is direct current.

The alternating current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the power input/output for the product is alternating
current.

The LDPE symbol.

This symbol indicates that this product is made of Low-Density Polyethylene (LDPE).

The Direct Current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product operates from a 12 V direct current.

The Lead-free symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product does not contain lead (Pb).

The CCC compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms with the China Compulsory Certification
guidelines.

The Environment Friendly Use-period symbol.

This symbol indicates the length of time that this electronic product can used without
harming the environment.

The RCM Compliance symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product conforms with the Australian RCM guidelines.

34 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Symbol Explanation

The TUV Lab symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product has been safety tested by the TUV Lab.

The Direct Current symbol.

This Direct Current symbol indicates that the product operates direct current.

This symbol indicates that the product is to be used indoors.

The CE Compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms to the relevant guidelines/standards for
the European Union harmonization legislation.

The Protective Earth symbol.

This symbol indicates that the marked terminal is intended for connection to the
protective earth/grounding conductor.

This symbol is used to direct attention to important information.

This symbol warns that the corresponding action could result in an electric shock.

This symbol indicates On/Standby functionality of the corresponding control/button/

switch.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 35

 This page is intentionally left blank

36 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

1 ABOUT THIS GUIDE

Overview
This guide describes the procedures and guidelines for installing, configuring and
using the MAXPRO® NVR system.

Intended Audience
This document is intended for field and commissioning engineers.

Scope
This guide describes the installation and configuration procedures for both the
MAXPRO NVR turnkey boxed solutions (MAXPRO NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO
NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE models) and MAXPRO NVR software-only solution. This
guide covers the following four major sections:
• Installing MAXPRO NVR
• Logging in and Familiarizing NVR
• Configuring MAXPRO NVR
• Upgrading MAXPRO NVR
• Configuring Web Client
• Installing and Configuring MAXPRO NVR Mobile App

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 37

Overview Of Contents
The following table describes the detailed structure and the contents of each chap-
ter in this guide.

No Chapter Description

1 Introduction to MAXPRO NVR Introduces the MAXPRO NVR system and types of
Video surveillance solutions.

2 Commissioning MAXPRO NVR Describes the commissioning procedures for the

MAXPRO NVR system.

3 Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Describes the tasks to set up the:

• MAXPRO NVR Single Box solutions.

• MAXPRO NVR Software-Only
solution.
4 Installing the NVR Software Describes the procedures to install the MAXPRO
NVR software.

5 Logging on and Getting Describes how to log on and gives an overview of

Started the MAXPRO NVR.

6 Configuring MAXPRO NVR Describes the tasks for configuring the MAXPRO
NVR.

7 Verifying the Configuration Describes the tasks to verify the MAXPRO NVR
configuration.

8 Upgrade MAXPRO NVR Describes how to upgrade MAXPRO NVR

Software

9 MAXPRO NVR Web Client Describes the procedures to install and configure
the MAXPRO NVR Web Client.

10 MAXPRO NVR Mobile App Describes the procedures to install and configure
the MAXPRO NVR Mobile App.

12 Appendix A Describes the procedures to customize MAXPRO

NVR Single-box Turnkey solutions and setting up
the Anti virus software on MAXPRO NVRs.

13 Appendix B Describes the Image Stream Combinations and

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye
Cameras, Configuring VMD Settings and Motion-
based Recording, Event and Alarm Types and
MAXPRO® NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders
Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF).

14 Patches Released on Top of Lists the various patches that are released on top
NVR 4.0 of MAXPRO NVR 4.0. It also explains the
enhancements that you can experience after
installing the specific patch.

38 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Related Documents
This document listed in the table serves as a necessary prerequisite for under-
standing MAXPRO NVR.

Document title Part number Description

MAXPRO NVR Operator’s 800-26014-C This document is written for everyday MAXPRO NVR users who
Guide perform the basic video surveillance operations.

Typographical Conventions
This guide uses the following typographical conventions.

Font What it represents Example

Honeywell Sans Words or characters that you must type. The word Enter the password.
Medium “enter” is used if you must type text and then press
the Enter or Return key.

Menu titles and other items you select Double-click Open from the File menu.

Buttons you click to perform actions Click Exit to close the program.

Honeywell Cond Heading Installation

Extrabold

Honeywell Sans Cross-reference to external source Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR

Extrabold (Italic) Installation and Configuration Guide.

Honeywell Sans Cross-reference within the guide See Installation.

(Italic)

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 39

 This page is intentionally left blank

40 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

2 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR

Overview
Honeywell’s MAXPRO® NVR line includes turnkey solutions—NVR (XE, SE, PE) with
8 to 64 channels and NVR Hybrid (XE, SE, PE) with 16 to 64 channels—and soft-
ware solutions that range from 4 to 64 and 128 channels. It supports ONVIF Profile
S and PSIA interoperability standards, RTSP, native integration for third-party
cameras—including 360° camera support—and encoders from Honeywell, Axis and
other manufacturers, making it a truly open system. MAXPRO NVR provides easy to
use desktop clients, web clients and mobile apps. The advanced IP video capabili-
ties make MAXPRO NVRs easy-to-install with 3-clicks* to live video and easy-to-
use with features such as Video Surround, Calendar Search, SMART Motion Search
and SMART VMD for every day security users as well as advanced video surveil-
lance users.
* - With default settings and in a local area network for specific models.

MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Boxed Solutions

Honeywell’s MAXPRO NVRs offer ideal solutions from entry to enterprise IP video
surveillance systems. Supporting Honeywell's high definition (HD) cameras and
broad integration with third-party IP cameras and encoders. The MAXPRO family
of NVRs is a powerful HD IP recording and security monitoring system for a variety
of applications. MAXPRO NVR comes pre-installed with the required software and
pre-licensed with the required channels depending on the MAXPRO NVR model
you purchase.

MAXPRO NVR Software Only Solution

Honeywell’s MAXPRO NVR Software is a flexible, scalable and open IP video sur-
veillance system. Supporting Honeywell's high definition (HD) cameras and broad
integration with third party IP cameras and encoders, the MAXPRO NVR family is a
powerful, high definition IP recording and security monitoring system for a variety

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 41

 of applications. MAXPRO NVR Software solution ensures flexibility for end-user IT
departments when the choosing NVR hardware to deploy and end users will find it
as easy as a simple DVR to configure and operate.
MAXPRO NVR Software is an open platform that supports broad third party device
integrations with support for PSIA and ONVIF Profile S standards, real time
streaming protocol (RTSP) standard and native device integrations. MAXPRO NVR
provides easy-to-use desktop, web clients and mobile apps. MAXPRO NVR Soft-
ware comes with all required software applications and a license for 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
or 128 channels while allowing for up to 128 cameras as your system grows. Mini-
mum hardware specifications for different levels of recording and monitoring per-
formance are provided for IT departments to choose the appropriate hardware
platform for their system. This, along with quick and easy commissioning wizards
for discovery and system configuration, makes installing HD IP systems quick and
efficient without requiring any IP expertise. Simple and logical configuration pages
make setup a breeze even for the novice installer. The following table describes the
software solutions available.

42 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO NVR Family
The following table describes the various MAXPRO NVR Hybrid and MAXPRO NVR offerings that are available.

MAXPRO NVR MAXPRO NVR MAXPRO NVR MAXPRO NVR XE MAXPRO NVR SE MAXPRO NVR PE MAXPRO NVR
Hybrid XE Hybrid SE Hybrid PE (Xpress Edition) (Standard (Professional Software
(Xpress Edition) (Standard (Professional Edition) Edition)
Edition) Edition)

Descriptio Simple, affordable Flexible, scalable Enterprise class Simple, affordable Flexible, scalable Enterprise class Flexible, software
n NVR Hybrid NVR Hybrid NVR Hybrid NVR NVR NVR only NVR

Channels 16 Analog or 16 IP 16 Analog and 48 IP 16 Analog and 48 IP 8 or 16 Up to 64 Up to 128 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or

or only 64 IP or only 64 IP 128

Maximum Server hardware

Frame dependent-
Rate Minimum hardware
specs
at 4CIF/ 480 fps (16 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1920 fps 1920 fps recommended for
VGA IP various fps

at 720p IP 480 fps (16 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1920 fps 1920 fps

at 1080p IP 480 fps (16 ch IP) 1280 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1280 fps 1920 fps
(4 Mbps
bitrate)
at CIF or 480 fps CIF or 120 480 fps CIF or 120 480 fps CIF or 120
4CIF/D1 fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch
Analog Analog) Analog) Analog)

Storage 1 - 16 TB, internal 1 - 24 TB removable Up to 68 TB RAID 5/ 1 - 12 TB 1 - 48 TB, Up to 68TB RAID 5/ Server hardware
fixed bays 6, removable bays internal fixed removable bays 6, removable bays dependent

Form Desktop Workstation/Server Server Desktop Workstation/Server Server Server hardware

Factor dependent

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 43
Installation and
 Note: The product options available in your region may vary, please contact your local
Honeywell representative for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Features

MAXPRO NVR (Turnkey NVR/Hybrid boxes - XE, SE, PE and Software only solution)
offers the following key features that differentiate it from other IP video surveil-
lance systems.

Mask Compliance Detection

Mask Compliance Detection feature detects the people who are with and without
Masks in a given scene. This feature detects in a real time scenario and generates an
event for People with/without mask. It helps in monitoring the people those who are
violating the compliance of not wearing a mask in public places. This feature
requires dedicated license to configure and use.

Social Distancing Violation Detection

Social Distancing Violation detection feature detects distance between two people
and raises an alarm if the social distance norm is violated. This feature helps to
ensure social distancing is followed in your premises. This feature requires dedicated
license to configure and use.

Alarms for both Mask Detection and Social Distancing

Following are the list of alarms that are generated in NVR for Mask and Social Dis-
tancing detection features:
• Person Detected with Mask
• Person Detected without Mask
• Social Distancing Violation
• Non- Compliant Social Distancing Regions

Operating Conditions
There are various recommendation with respect to operating conditions for both
Mask Detection and Social Distancing to give good results. It is recommended to
refer these operating conditions before using these feature.

Non-Compliant Social Distancing Regions

This feature helps user to identify the areas in which the sub regions/areas of cam-
era views where the most number of Non-complaint social Distancing violations are
happening.
In order to generate this alarm, user need to create at least one region. The system
monitors the Social distancing violations and then monitors in to each region how
many social distancing violations are occurred. The algorithm calculates the most
violated regions and raises an alarm. This alarm is displayed in percentage of viola-

44 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 tion for a given time. This alarm is generated periodically every 5 hours (Configurable
See Configuring Social Distancing ROI Duration and Show section). A maximum of 6
ROI’s can be created.

Note: User has to configure the Social Distancing first in order to configure this alarm.

Analytic Alarms in NVR

The below screen displays the list of alarms that are generated in NVR for Mask
Detection, Social Distancing violation and Non-Complaint Social Distancing Region
features.

Scalable Analytics Server

This feature is introduced to manage the load on a NVR box while rendering analyt-
ics based cameras. Earlier only one local analytics server was available for multiple
cameras that support analytics. This results in high consumption of CPU and low
rendering capability of live video in NVR cameras.
Scalability feature helps customer to share the analytics server load on different
remote machines and utilize the analytic algorithms efficiently. User can map the
required cameras to each remote server and view the alarms in VMS,
A new tab named Analytics Server is introduced under Configurator tab to add addi-
tional analytics server and to choose the one while configuring Social Distancing,
Mask compliance and SVMD features. This provides flexibility and increases the pro-
cessing time to manage the load over analytics server when configuring multiple
features.
• A maximum of 5 Analytics Remote boxes can be added under this tab.
• For each Analytics Remote box, 4 camera with 30 FPS and up to 8 cameras
with 5 FPS can be assigned

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 45

Bulk configurations of cameras from NVR
This feature allows you to perform Bulk camera configuration for main and sub
stream’s, to ease the effort of configuring multiple cameras at the customer site. This
feature improves the productivity for dealers and system integrators while configur-
ing many NVRs. The configuration of cameras from the NVR is done one by one
today (either post discovery or manual addition). This leads to higher lead time to
configure and setup customer sites.
You can perform the following using Bulk configuration screen:
• General Settings
• Schedule Settings
• Preference Settings
• Stream Settings including child stream configurations specific to camera
model
• SVMD Configuration

Bi-Directional Audio Support for MAXPRO NVR

This feature helps an operator to send Bi-directional audio warnings/messages to
any audio output of cameras from MAXPRO VMS machines. Currently Mic and
speech is supported from VMS viewer only.
This feature supports standard audio Codec format G.711 ulaw and only Honeywell
ONVIF Camera model are supported.
Only Honeywell ONVIF Camera models are supported.
Only fixed G.711 ulaw Codec format is supported.
Mutlistream is supported, but can be enabled in only one stream at a time.
It is recommended for the user to enable and speak for one camera at a time.

Series 60 Camera Integration

MAXPRO VMS R670 supports Series 60 Camera integration with MAXPRO NVR 6.7
recorder. The following tables explain the list of supported camera models, and
events/alarms supported.

46 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Type Camera Models Firmware Details
HC60W35R2
HC60W35R4
HC60W45R2
Premium Model HC60W45R4 Honeywell_60-
HC60WB5R2 Series_IPC_HC60WXXRX_V1.0.21.20200
HC60WB5R5 828
HC60WZ2E30
HC60W34R2L
HC60W34R2
HC60W44R2L
Mainstream Model HC60W44R2
HC60WB4R2L
HC60WB4R2
Series60 IR PTZ HC60WZ5R30
Series30 HC30W25R3-12V

Support for Ex-Proof Camera models

MAXPRO NVR 6.7 supports Ex-Proof Camera integration. The following tables
explain the list of supported camera models, Codec and Resolutions supported.

Codec & FPS

Camera Models Resolutions Supported
Supported
HEIPTZ-2201W-IR H264, H265, MPEG 1920 x 1080, 1280 x 960, 1280 x 720,
FPS: 50 for PAL 704 x 576, 640 x 480, 352 x 288
FPS: 50 for NTSC
HEICC-2301T H264, H265, MPEG 1920 x 1080, 1280 x 960, 1280 x 720,
FPS: 50 for PAL 704 x 480, 640 x 480, 352 x 240
FPS: 60 for NTSC

Enhancements in FishEye camera Dewarping Support

This enhancement for FishEye camera allows you to view/perform the following
• When one of the Quad-view column display 360° view then the user can
select a designated location to display for the rest of the 3 columns.
• Allow PTZ function during live-view and playback.
• Enable PTZ operation on Quad-view setting & Dewarped image.
• Oncam GPU rendering support
This improvement is supported only to the following camera models:
• HC12-IEC1-O: C-12 Indoor Camera
• HC12-OPC1-O: C-12 Outdoor Plus Camera

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 47

 Refer to the MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Operator Guide on how to configure and use this fea-
ture

Mask Compliance Detection

Mask Compliance Detection feature detects the people who are with and without
Masks in a given scene. This feature detects in a real time scenario and generates an
event for People with/without mask. It helps in monitoring the people those who are
violating the compliance of not wearing a mask in public places. This feature
requires dedicated license to configure and use. Refer to the MAXPRO NVR 6.7
Operators Guide on how to configure and use this feature.

Social Distancing Violation Detection

Social Distancing Violation detection feature detects distance between two people
and raises an alarm if the social distance norm is violated. This feature helps to
ensure social distancing is followed in your premises. This feature requires dedicated
license to configure and use. Refer to the MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Operators Guide on how
to configure and use this feature

Alarms for both Mask Detection and Social Distancing

Following are the list of alarms that are generated in NVR for Mask and Social Dis-
tancing detection features:
• Person Detected with Mask
• Person Detected without Mask
• Social Distancing Violation

Operating Conditions
There are various recommendation with respect to operating conditions for both
Mask Detection and Social Distancing to give good results. It is recommended to
refer these operating conditions before using these feature.

Recommended Operating Conditions For Mask Detection

Mask Detection algorithm is developed to detect people who are with and without
Masks in live video.
This section provides recommended specifications that can provide good or better
mask detection accuracies.
Recommended Operating Conditions

Parameter Specification
Camera height from the ground 8 – 10 feet

48 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Camera field of view and Mounting should be suitable to obtain frontal face images.
orientation/tilt H-FOV should not more than 60 degrees.
Ceiling mounted or overhead mounted cameras which have
near vertical view of faces looking down is not
recommended for the application.
Bright light in the background or sunlight which results in
poor image quality of face in not recommended.
Wide angle camera with long field of view is not
recommended.
Image quality Full HD 2M pixel camera video streams with high bitrate (5
to 8 Mbps for 30fps) with no blur and good focus. For 3MP
cameras the recommended bit rate 10 to 15 Mbps.
Good quality video encoding should be used (H.264/H.265)
Illumination 100-150 lux (uniform illumination on both sides of face)
Face pose for MD Frontal pose can have +/-45 deg variation
Detection Distances Maximum distance from camera 15 feet along the ground.
Highly preferred that people enter into the field of view from
distances not more than 15 feet and there is no clutter or
moving objects (prefer a static background such a wall so
that false detections are avoided)

Configuration parameters:

Parameter Specification
Minimum Size of the face with 50 x 50 Pixels
Mask
Minimum Confidence level 50%
recommended

Note: To avoid false alarm please follow the operating condition and keep the confidant
level more the 80%.

Recommended Operating Conditions For Distancing Violation detection

This section provides specifications of the conditions that can provide a good or bet-
ter social distancing solution with respect to camera placement and operating con-
ditions requirements.
Required operating conditions can be divided in two sections as explained:
• Conditions for person detection
• Conditions for calibration selection of ground plane.

Person Detection Conditions

Below figures explains different preferred camera placements and conditions for
person detection. It is to be noted that the numbers given in the figures are approxi-
mate and can vary:
Placement 1: Normal Perspective View

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 49

 This placement explains that the person recognition can be good till around 30 feet,
when the camera placement is < 8 feet (given that average height of person is
between 5-6 feet), and when the person is at approximately 20-30 feet from the
camera. Also, lighting should be > 250 lux and the light should be falling on the per-
son with no back lighting for better accuracies.

Placement 2: Camera at a higher height or ceiling height

This placement explains the configuration wherein the camera is placed at a much
higher height than the person.

50 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 If the camera height is as shown in the above figure, the FR accuracies can be
reduced with distance. But at lesser distances from camera (<10-12 feet), FR can be
accurate enough. Again, adequate amount of light falling on the face for good fea-
tures is an important requirement.

Placement 3: Camera at higher height from the ground

In this placement the camera height is nearly overhead, the person detection model
is not tested when there is just head and shoulders view in the video stream. It is rec-
ommended that silhouette of the person is seen.

Calibration Conditions
Calibration is the most important step for distance measurement between two peo-
ple. The primary requirement of this step is that the ground plane on which distances
between people are measured and the ground plane that is calibrated should be the
same. Details of this statement in form of figures are given in this section.

Condition 1: Camera Perspective View with one ground plane

This condition details the meaning of ground plane being at the same level. The level
of the ground where people are moving and the measurement for social distancing
should be one planar level. This is the most important requirement for accuracies of
calibration. The configuration is done on Ground Plane Level 1 and Social distancing
output will be done on this plane only. Stairs are not counted for the solution.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 51

 Condition 2: Multiple ground planes
This conditions gives the sketch wherein there are people moving on the pathway
(one ground plane level) and a staircase too. The staircase is of different ground
plane level when compared to the pathway ground nearby. Hence the current solu-
tion calibration can be done on the pathway and NOT on the stairs. Our solution will
not address output for people on the stairs

Condition 3: Multiple Ground Planes with slope as the second plane

This condition explains a sketch wherein the stairs in Condition 2 is replaced by a
slope. Even in this situation, our solution will not give correct results on the slope.
The calibration needs to be done on Ground Plane 1 and results also will be for
ground plane 1.

52 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Note: In registry there is an option to change at what distance Social Distancing alarm
should be generated. For example: 4 ft, 10 ft.

Support for Remote Analytics Server

MAXPRO R670 release support for Remote analytics Server configuration for Mask,
Social Distancing and SVMD on i8700 & 9700 Machines. This configuration is
required if the existing systems are not capable to take up the load of Analytics and
to avoid overshoot of system resources memory. See Configuring Remote Analytics
Server section for more information.

Note: Analytics server is supported only on Windows 10 OS platform.

Series 60 Camera Integration

MAXPRO VMS R630 supports Series 60 Camera integration with MAXPRO NVR 6.7
recorder. The following tables explain the list of supported camera models, and
events/alarms supported.

Type Camera Models Firmware Details

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 53

 HC60W35R2
HC60W35R4
HC60W45R2
Premium Model HC60W45R4 Honeywell_60-
HC60WB5R2 Series_IPC_HC60WXXRX_V1.0.21.20200
HC60WB5R5 828
HC60WZ2E30
HC60W34R2L
HC60W34R2
HC60W44R2L
Mainstream Model HC60W44R2
HC60WB4R2L
HC60WB4R2

Supported Events/Alarms
Series 60 Camera models support the following events/alarms:

Event
Tampering
Image too bright
Image too dark
Image too blur event
Motion Detection
Intrusion Detection
Loitering Detection
Line crossing Detection
Unattended Object
Detection
Missing Object Detection
Face Detection

54 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Supported key Features
• HTTPS integration: The camera supports complete HTTPS protocol while
integrating with NVR.
• Smart Stream III
• Smart Codec
• Smart FPS
• Dynamic intra Frame Period (DIF)
• Alarms
• Profile S compliant
• Multicast
• Edge Sync Recording Support
• Full Encrypted Communication (including Encrypted Profile G communication)

Thermal Camera Integration - HRCF-FD384H/HRCF-FD640H

MAXPRO R630 supports integration of Silent Sentinel and Thermal Cameras. Fol-
lowing are the cameras and firmware details:

Type Camera Model Firmware Details

HRCF-FD640H
Silent Sentinel HRCF-FD384H V4  : v1.0.1D20200603

HVCT-B4010I
Thermal Camera HVCT-B4020I V5.5.26 build 200514
HVCT-D4010I

Refer the MAXPRO integration with MODUM Technical Notes for detailed informa-
tion on the how to integrate the HRCF-FD384H/HRCF-FD640H Thermal cameras
with MAXPRO NVR.

SSA - Software Service Agreement for MAXPRO

Software Service Agreement (SSA) is a flexible version specific licensing process
which allows a user to get the support on the MAXPRO VMS licenses across multi-
ple versions. From 6.0 release user need to buy a valid license to upgrade or for
fresh installation. In addition user can buy SSA support license for a specific dura-
tion which helps to get support from Honeywell.
Please contact Honeywell Customer support. See the back cover for the contact
information in respective regions.Licensing changes for Software Service Agree-
ment.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 55

NDAA Series 30 camera Integration in MAXPRO NVR & VMS
Series 30 Camera integration is supported in 6.0 release with MAXPRO NVR
recorder. The following tables explain the list of supported camera models, firm-
ware version and events.

Note: FishEye camera does not support HTTPS.

# Camera Models Firmware Details

1 HC30W42R3
2 HC30W45R3
3 HC30W45R2
4 HC30WB2R1 v1.0.18.20190523
Note: If a camera has older firmware, please upgrade to the above firmware version
5 HC30WB5R1 and perform factory default once.
6 HC30WB5R2
7 HC30WE2R3
8 HC30WE5R3
9 HC30WE5R2
10 HC30WF5R1

Supported Events
Series 30 Camera models support the following events:

Event
Motion Detection
Tamper
Image too blur
Image too dark
Image too bright
People Detection
Intrusion

Supported key Features

• Smart Stream III
• Smart Codec
• Smart FPS
• Dynamic intra Frame Period (DIF)
• HTTPS
• Alarms
• Profile S compliant

56 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Multicast

MPEG2 Encoder Support with MAXPRO NVR and VMS

NVR 6.0 supports legacy MPEG2 Encoders with Live and playback, Alarms and VMS
in VMS functionalities. The following encoders are supported.
• ENC8M2
• VE8M2
Supported Firmware Version: 1.2.261

Additional Cameras Support

In addition to above HC Series 30 cameras, NVR 6.0 supports the below camera
models:
• H4W8GR4IN
• H4W8GR1IN
Supported Codec Formats: H.265, H.264, H.264H, H.264B, MJPEG.

Additional Resolution Support

For HFD6GR1 model camera, following additional resolutions are supported:
• 2432 x 1216
• 1920 x 1080
• 960 x 480
• 640 x 320
• 512 x 256

Video Guard service for SIRA compliance

MAXPRO NVR 6.0 release supports SIRA compliance with Video Guard Agent. This
is to meet the specifications defined as part of the City wide Surveillance initiative
by the Security Industry Regulatory Agency (SIRA) of Dubai, UAE, and being
adopted across Middle-East countries.

New Features in NVR 5.6

Support for Equip series V2 Cameras
The following is the list of Equip Series V2 camera integration is supported in MAX-
PRO VMS:

Note: Recommended to use NVR 5.6 and above to connect to the below camera firmware.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 57

 # Camera Type
Model

1 H2W2GR1 WDR cameras

2 H3W2GR1V

3 H3W4GR1V

4 H4W2GR1V

5 H4W4GR1V

6 HBW2GR1V

7 HBW2GR3V

8 HBW4GR1V

9 HCW2GV

10 H4L2GR1V Ultra Low Light

11 HCL2GV

12 HBL2GR1V

The below table details the Firmware version compatible with the NVR 5.6 Build
572:

Camera Firmware Web Onvif ISOM Xtralis Xtralis Intrusion Loitering Trigger
Model Version Version Version Intrusio Loiterin Detection Detection Line
n g Detecti
on

Equip S Series V2 Firmware version VA Packages

Ultra Low 1.00000000. 3.2.1.722 16.1.2 1.3.1, 1.01.19 1.01.19 1.0.8, 1.0.8, 1.0.8
Light 18, 2019- 805 2019-04- 2019-01- 2019-01- 2019-
04-23 Or 21 15 15 01-15
above.

WDR 1.00000000. 3.2.1.716 16.12 1.3.1,

cameras 18, 2019- 054 2019-04-
04-09 Or 04
above.

The above Equip S Series V2 Firmware version supports the following features:
• New VA events added with Annotation support
• Xtralis IntrusionTrace™
• Xtralis LoiterTrace™

58 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Intrusion Detection
• Loitering Detection
• Trigger Line Detection

Note: Annotation feature is supported only with Xtralis XO package.

• Profile -G Edge Sync recording
• Mulitcast

Support for HRHQ104 DVR

NVR 5.6 supports HRHQ104/108/116 DVR (V1.00.00HW001.1.190422) as 4/8/
16ch encoders

Support for smooth Rendering at VMS

NVR 5.6 Build 570 installation is mandatory for smooth reverse playback in MAX-
PRO VMS.

New Features in NVR 5.5

Analytics Annotations Support
Camera built in Annotations feature helps to trace and locate the moving subjects
in live/recorded video and generates an alarm if intrusion or loitering is detected.
After this feature is enabled in NVR, subjects in video when found in Region Of
Interest, is bounded by rectangle box and on alarm conditions, it will be signified
with a change in color of bounding box.
Annotation support for Intrusion Trace and Loiter Trace in Live and Playback video
is supported with only Equip-S Series specific cameras
See Annotations section on how to configure this feature.

Enhancements in Video connection

Improvements in video connection from Viewer.

New features in NVR 5.0

Patches Merged in SP1

5.0 T Patch
• Refer to the 800-22559V1-E_MAXPRO NVR_5.0_T
Patch_Whats_New_Release_Notes for complete information on new
features in 5.0 T Patch.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 59

Windows Expiry Patch
This patch is to make MAXPRO VMS application not to apply password expiry
option for windows users. Refer to the MAXPRO® VMS_ Windows Expiry_Patch_Re-
lease Notes for detailed information.

Archival Improvements
Include Archived Clips
This feature allows user to search Archived clips including the recording clips. User
needs to select Include Archived Clips check box under Filter area while searching
for recorded clips. Based on the search criteria the archived clips are displayed in
Grey color. When user drag and drop the archived clips in to the panel then camera
name and clips status as REC is displayed. Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator
Guide for complete details on how to search for Archived clips.

Note: If user selects Include archived clip check box and then search for archived clips, it
displays only auto archived clips. It will not display the manually archived clips.

Primary and Archived Location

The Archived clips in the Result window also displays the location of Archived clip
as explained below.
• Archived: The clip is available in Archived path
• Primary, Archived: The clips is available in both primary storage and Archived
path

Camera Name & Clip status

In Viewer screen following are the improvements:
• Under Snapshots/clips, the folder naming structure is changed to camera
name.
• When a user drag and drops a archived clip into panel, the archival camera
name with clip status Rec is displayed.
• If Archived clips are played in MAXPRO clip player then the camera name and
clip status is also displayed.

Archival Schedule Check box

Ensure Clip scheduled for archival are not deleted until archived check box is intro-
duced in System tab > Archival Schedule to ensure that clips will not be deleted by
the system until it is archived. The following are the benefits if user selects this
check box.
• If the clip deletion schedule is reached for a specific clip then this feature will
retry and archive the clip.

60 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 This check box settings is applicable for the following:
• Integrity services
• Neo Deletion Scheduled
• Disk Space Full
• Distress deletion

Archival Clip and Deletion Retry

This feature is introduced to allow user to configure the Archival and Deletion retry
settings in the config file available in bin folder. For any reason if the archival drive
disconnects then based on the config file settings the:
• Archival clip retry feature will help to get the pending archival clips.
• Deletion clip retry feature will retry the process and deletes the clips.
The default value for retry process is set to 4. User can set the required number for
archival and deletion retry process.
See How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings section on how to set the
retry process.

Validation Message For Network Credentials

If user adds a Network Drive for Archival without Domain, Username and Password
then a validation message is displayed to provide the network credentials.

Disabled Password Never Expires

In User tab, if IS Windows user check box is selected then the Password Never
Expire check box is disabled and it cannot be cleared. This ensures that for a Win-
dows user the password will never expiries.

Playing archived clips through Client machine

User was unable to access and play the archived clips from NVR server machine. If
user drag and drops the archived clips into the viewer then an error message is dis-
played.
User needs to have the privileges to access the archived clips from remote NVR cli-
ents. Refer to the See Playing archived clips through Client machine for complete details
of the possible combinations to play the archived clips from client machine.
See Different Scenarios to playback Archived Clip section to playback Archived clips.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 61

Improved GPU rendering
GPU Rendering capability is now enhanced to handle the camera video packets
along with decompression technique. User can view smooth and clear live video
through GPU rendering. User should modify the registry value in client or server
machine to enable GPU rendering mode. See Improved GPU Rendering section on page
242 for more information.

GPU Rendering Combinations

The below table explains the combination settings between Enabling GPU Render-
ing option in Preference tab and Registry settings.

IF And If Then

User enables Enable GPU user sets GPU_Rendering_Value flag Both Decompression and Rendering will
Rendering check box in to 1 be processed through in GPU mode.
Preferences > Rendering options
tab

User enables Enable GPU user sets GPU_Rendering_Value flag Decompression process will happen
Rendering check box in to 0 through GPU and Rendering will be
Preferences > Rendering options processed in CPU mode.
tab

user does not select Enable GPU user sets GPU_Rendering_Value flag Both decompression and Rendering will
Rendering check box in to 1 be processed through CPU.
Preferences > Rendering options
tab

60FPS support for EQUIP-S 1080P cameras

EQUIP-S 1080 P Model cameras are now supported with 60FPS rendering through
GPU Rendering Mode. The following are the list of cameras support 60 FPS.

Note: Cameras beyond 1080 resolution will not support 60 FPS rendering.
• H4L2GR1V
• HBL2GR1V
• HCL2GV
• H4W2GR1V
• HBW2GR1V
• HBW2GR3V
• H3W2GR1V
• HCW2GV
• H2W2GR1

62 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

NAS Recording support
Network Attached Storage (NAS) external drive is now supported for recording
video clips along with other drives in MAXPRO NVR. This helps user to extend the
storage capacity to save the recordings. User needs to configure the directory and
user permission in respective NAS web page to use this feature. See Guidelines to con-
figure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 245 for complete information

Note: If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside the NAS
box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

Video Anonymization
This feature allows user to configure or mask identifiable objects based on the
scene environment. It provides flexibility to choose and configure the required
camera based on the mounting position. User need to select the required Environ-
ment from the Stream Preferences Settings based on the camera mounting posi-
tion. The following are the options supported. See Video Anonymization section on
page 239 for more information on how to configure based on scene environment.
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.

Installation
• NVR 5.0 Installation is supported for Windows 2016 OS (Server).
Introduced the following new services
• TrinityIntegrity Service: A service that runs in background and ensures all the
system data is synchronized. As part of 5.0 release it includes features such
as Delete Orphan Data and Drive Feature. See Integrity Service Settings
section for more information.
• Trinityupdate Service: A service introduced to scale recording capacity on
demand and to enable necessary steps required for additional recording
services.
• NeoStorageserver3 and NeoStorageserver4: These services are to support
128 channels in a system and starts automatically after a user crosses 64
and 96 channels respectively. These services will stop when user deletes the
cameras and the count goes less than <64 and <97 respectively.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 63

Support for 128 Channel
Additional 64 channels are provided with the existing 64 channels, resulting in a
total of 128 channels in NVR Software and PE RAID System. User needs to buy
license for the additional channels. If only Encoders are added in the system then
without additional license user can add up to 128 Channels. However, adding addi-
tional channels depends on the type of encoder.

Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR)

Anonymization Support
Anonymization feature is to help the business owner to meet the EU GDPR compli-
ance standards easily. The objective of this feature is to hide the identifiable per-
sonal data or personal identity in a video surveillance system using masking
techniques. This feature is specific to European Union region and valid license is
required to enable this feature.
Anonymization at NVR level can be set in Configurator > Systems tab and only an
Administrator can use this feature and grant access in User tab. This feature can
also be enabled at camera level under Stream >Preferences tab. EquIP Series cam-
eras are supported by this feature.
To mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment, see How to Ano-
nymize objects based on Environment section on page 240 for more information.

The Anonymization feature supports two types of masking:

• Blur: Blurs the region
• Pixelize: Pixelizes the region
Four Eye Authentication Support
This feature is also part of Privacy Protection setting and to meet the EU GDPR
compliance standards easily. This feature is to restrict all users in a surveillance
system to perform Playback operation. While performing playback operation at
least two people from different roles should authenticate. For an Administrator,
user authentication is not required and can do any playback operation. For an
operator user, a popup is displayed and an Administrator user or any other User
with different role needs to authenticate to perform playback operation.
In MAXPRO NVR, a check box is introduced to enable this feature in Systems tab.
By default this check box is not selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable
this feature.
The following table explains the Four Eye Authentication based on the user and
roles

User Authenticating User Valid

Authentication
Operator Administrator Or any other user with Yes
different role

64 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

Clip Export with Anonymization support

Anonymization feature is supported for both Playback and Clip Export operation.

Note: If a user exports a clip with Anonymization using Clip Export option then only WMV
format is supported.

Password Complexity and Expiry Enhancements

The following are the enhancements:
• Improved change of password security by introducing complexity
requirements. The following are the password requirements.
• The password should have a minimum length of 12 characters.
• The password should consist of at least one number, one uppercase letter
and one special character
• If user changes the password, it will expire for every 90 days. Earlier it was no
expiry
• If user wants to set the password which should never expire then navigate to
Configurator > Users tab. Select the Password Never Expire check box for the
specific user.
• User is notified with the message Your Password will expire in no.of days on
the top right corner of the screen.
• If Admin password is expired then the administrator can use the Change
Password feature in NVR log in screen to create a new one.

Note: Only administrator will have access to user screen and can change the password for
operator. Operator should contact administrator for changing the password and
settings.
In Upgrade Scenario
If user upgrades to NVR 5.0 then the password complexity requirements will be
applicable.
In Fresh Installation Scenario
In case of Fresh Installation, the following are the recommendations:
• Only default username is displayed and the password field will be blank
• User must create new password
• In Create New Password dialog box, leave the Old Password field blanks and
proceed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 65

UI Improvements
For better user experience and accessibility the following features are rearranged
in Systems tab
• Archival Schedule
• In camera level added after 30 minutes (s) as a new entry.
• Edge Sync Settings
• Privacy Protection Settings

Improvements in Status Monitor

• Additional status message Database Connection lost is included. This will
help user to know the status of database connection.
• Color Indications:
• Green: Everything is Fine
• Blinking between Yellow and Green: Not Recording
• Blinking between Yellow and Red: Database Connection Lost

System and Performance Improvements

• There is no Metadata from 5.0 Release onwards.
• No separate drive is required for Metadata
• New Recording file system with no Index files except PassIndex is introduced
and it is for per camera and per drive.
• Plug-in a new recording drive which can have recordings of another 5.0 NVR,
and play the same recordings by adding the same Unique Number of the
camera.
• Supports backward compatibility (5.0 version can play till 4.9 version
recordings (With Metadata) including 5.0 recordings). No recording loss in
user’s perspective.
• Recording, Retrieval and Recycle features will have no dependency on index
files.
• PassIndex only use as catalyst
• New naming convention for Segment files (Num_StartTime_EndTime)
• Access recordings directly from recording drive
• Each recording drive is self sufficient
• XML Corruption recovery
• Auto recovery of corrupted XMLs by NEO on the run
• No functionality loss

66 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Integrity Service Settings
This is a new a service that runs in background and ensure all system data to be
synchronized. Following are the features this service provides as part of 5.0
release.

Step 1. Delete Orphan Data: In this feature, system will find and clean up orphan
clips from file system or DB. Orphan data will be identified based on
camera configured deletion settings.
Step 2. Drive Feature: In this feature, Drive Full Scan is performed until a new
fixed drive is detected in NVR system. Based on the scan result, data sync
up or orphan data clean up process is initiated using the current camera
configuration or if the camera is not found then, by default the data after
30 days will be deleted.
For Example: If NVR 1 is down due to some technical issues, then the
hard disk of NVR 1 can be used in NVR2. NVR2 initiates the scan, detects
the drives and displays the recordings of NVR 1.
• Running on schedule base is same as windows scheduler.
• Has capability to process deleted camera’s data for Orphan deletion.
Step 3. Schedule of when to start the service can be configured.
Step 4. Allows Neo to recycle data first (since by default it deletes clips with
retention period + 24 hours)

New EquIP 1080p and 4MP Camera Integration

Step 1. Configuration is done through Honeywell proprietary ISOM APIs
Step 2. After integrating the new EquIP Camera, system will be able to perform
the following
• H.264, H.265 and MJPEG coded support
• HTTPS support
Step 3. New events supported: With the EquIP series camera integration the
following events are generated.
• Abandoned Object detection
• Object Missing detected
• Trigger Line detection
The following EquIP series Camera models are supported using ISOM API’s

# Camera Description Firmware Details

Model

1 H4L2GR1V 2MP Lowlight outdoor dome Version: 1.000.0000.10, Build Date: 2018-

05-29
2 HBL2GR1V 2MP Lowlight IR bullet ISOM Version 1.2.1_Build 20180529
VA Package
3 HCL2GV 2MP Lowlight box camera Version: 1.0.8_build20180529 

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 67

 # Camera Description Firmware Details
Model

4 H4W2GR1V 2MP WDR outdoor dome

5 H4W4GR1V 4MP WDR outdoor dome

Version: 1.000.0000.9, Build Date: 2018-
6 HBW2GR1V 2MP WDR bullet, 2.7-13.5mm 05-25
ISOM Version: V 1.2.1_Build 20180524
7 HBW2GR3V 2MP WDR bullet, 5-60mm

8 H3W2GR1V 2MP WDR indoor dome

9 H3W4GR1V 4MP WDR indoor dome

10 HCW2GV 2MP WDR box camera

11 H2W2GR1 2MP Pancake camera

RTSP H.265 Support

• Any H.265 URL can be added and streamed with Generic-RTSP streamer
name.

Enhancements in MAXPRO Mobile APP

• Introduced new Mobile app versions
• For Andriod: 1.3.0 (100030004)
• For IOS: 1.3.0 (100030001)
• New Supported OS: minSDKVersion = 21
• Finger Print Authentication is supported for Android version of MAXPRO
Mobile app. However, this feature is available on Fingerprint supported
devices.
Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings
• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application, then user will not be able to
see the video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client. An error message is
displayed.
• If Four Eye Authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will
not be able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client.

Grand Eye New Evolution support

EVO18 0 and EVO12

Industry Standards
MAXPRO NVR is an open platform and supports broad third party device integra-
tions with support for PSIA and ONVIF Profile S standards, Real Time Streaming
Protocol (RTSP) standard and native device integrations.

68 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Flexible Licensing
MAXPRO NVR comes with all required software applications and licenses.

Role Based Operator Privileges

MAXPRO NVR offers role-based operator privileges supporting Windows and Local
users. You can add up to 1024 users under the Users tab.

Easy Configuration
A quick and easy 3-click* wizard to set up the system with auto-configuration and
auto-discovery of IP cameras, recording and monitoring configuration, makes
installing HD IP systems quick and efficient without requiring any IP expertise.
Simple and logical configuration pages make setup a breeze, even for the novice
installer.
* - With default settings and in a local area network for specific models.

64 channel Support
MAXPRO NVR (SE, PE), Hybrid NVR (SE, PE) and Software only solution now sup-
port 64 channels. You can connect up to 64 cameras based on your type of solu-
tion.

Auto Discovery
Discovering the IP cameras in the network is now simpler with the enhanced auto
discovery interface. You can define the IP range to search for the cameras in the
network and also camera credentials can be set at once for the newly discovered
cameras.

MultiStream
MAXPRO NVR provides you with the flexibility to add multiple streams with differ-
ent resolutions on a single camera. Depending on the type of camera you can add
and configure additional streams and can define the Video Quality Settings,
Recording Settings, and Stream Preference settings. Based on your requirements
you can view or render different resolutions on a single camera. It also allows you
to set various parameters for your recording, including audio.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 69

Third Party ONVIF Profile G supported cameras:
Following new Third Party ONVIF compliance Profile-G cameras are now sup-
ported in NVR 4.7.

Profile G Camera Type Firmware Details

Cameras

Tyco ADCi350-B111 V3.1.0 170215

Samsung QNO-7010R 1.04_170224

Panasonic WV-SFV631L 2.41

MAXPRO Web Configurator

Enhanced the Web configurator user interface with new themes, for a better user
experience while configuring the System, Server and Security configurations for
Web client and mobile.

New Deletion Schedule

Introduced new deletion schedule where user can now retrieve the recordings of
the last 5 years.

GPU Rendering Support

Cost-effective enhanced HD video rendering on remote desktop clients with sup-
port for monitoring of up to 18 1080p HD cameras in real time (30 fps) with no-
time-lapse using the GPU capabilities of built-in processor graphics with Intel® 4th
generation and above processors. This feature allows a user to render high resolu-
tion cameras while optimizing the CPU consumption. To know about improvised
GPU rendering capability, see Improved GPU Rendering section on page 242 section.

Analog Capture Card Support

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid supports an Analog Capture card through which you can
manually add 16 analog cameras. Each capture card comes with 16-channel sup-
port and allows you to manage the analog cameras.

User-Friendly and Feature-Rich User Interface

The MAXPRO NVR user interface is based on Honeywell's flagship MAXPRO® VMS
user interface which offers a feature-rich user experience. Utilization of this famil-
iar interface allows for the “Learn One, Know Them All” concept that ensures famil-
iarity across a broad range of Honeywell products.

70 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO Status Monitor
MAXPRO Status Monitor is a brand new application in NVR V4.0 release that helps
you to search and monitor the NVR’s (System or Recording Engine) in the current
network. You can monitor a single system/recording engine or multiple systems/
recording engines at once. This application is installed along with the NVR 4.0 soft-
ware update and can be accessed on the desktop.
You can manually add or auto search for NVRs and then connect to a single or mul-
tiple NVRs (System or Recording Engine) to monitor the status of various parame-
ters.
For a system you can monitor parameters such as CPU Consumption, Average Disk
Queue Length, Disk Write/Read and so on, depending upon the NVR connected.
For a Recording engine you can monitor parameters such as Total FPS Received/
Recorded, Total Bitrate Received/Recorded, Total Active Cameras and so on.

Recording and Playback Operations

MAXPRO NVR supports simultaneous recording, live and playback viewing, search
and system management of all supported IP cameras including HD formats in a
single server instance.

On Demand live Streaming (VOD)

On Demand Live Streaming feature allows you to configure and store recordings at
camera level. Later the recordings at the camera level can be synchronized back to
view in NVR viewer. This avoids persistent stream recording. MAXPRO NVR config-
ured as On Demand Live Streamer streams video from camera, only when a client
request a live stream for viewing. When all the clients close the particular camera,
then streaming from the camera is stopped.
The NVR configured as On Demand streamer supports only Sync back edge
recording.
On Demand live streaming is compatible from MAXPRO NVR Viewer, MAXPRO NVR
Web Clients and MAXPRO NVR Mobile app clients.
In your PC, by default On demand Live Streaming registry value is set to zero (dis-
abled). User needs to change the value to 1 to use this feature. See How to Enable
Video on demand feature in MAXPRO NVR section for more information.

Recording support in On Demand video Streaming: It is also an add-on for the

existing Edge Sync Recording feature. This feature helps user to enable recording
during on demand video streaming. A check box is introduced in Configurator >
System tab to enable this feature. Earlier only live video was supported.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 71

Profile-G or Edge Sync Support
Profile-G or Edge Sync feature allows you to synchronize the recordings from the
camera SD card to NVR. Camera SD card contains recordings that are configured
on demand. This features enables the user to playback only those recording which
are saved on demand in the SD card. User can enable the edge syn feature in Cam-
era page and configure the day and time for synchronizing in System window to get
the recordings from the camera. Edge Sync feature is applicable only to the cam-
eras with SD card. This feature is supported only for New EquIP Series model cam-
eras.
Automatic Retry clips is an add-on for the existing Edge Sync Recording feature.
This feature is meant to retry and download the failed clips. It allows user to config-
ure various parameters in the config file to avoid clips download failure. If any clips
fails to download then based on the user configuration auto retry feature down-
loads the clips to NVR.

Low bandwidth Stream Settings:

Use Low Resolution Stream: This feature is to view the low resolution video in any
format of salvo layout. User needs to configure the low resolution (for any Primary
or secondary stream) in MAXPRO NVR camera page. For the following scenario
under which you can use this option:
• For a specific site if you want to use the Low Resolution stream option then
you need to configure the stream settings in the camera tab. See
Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option section for more
information.

Note: If you want to set the bit-rate value for a low bandwidth site then you can set this value
in the camera web page
Receive Only I Frame/Low Bandwidth Streaming: This feature is applicable only for
the sites with Low bandwidth. It allows user to receive and view only I Frame con-
sidering the bandwidth at the site. This feature is only supported for MAXPRO NVR.
Use Extended time Outs: This helps in increasing the default time outs for NVR
connections, stream connections and snapshots retrieval. This feature is only sup-
ported for MAXPRO NVR.

Optimize Stream Usage Settings:

Enable Stream Switch: Enable stream switch automatically switches between low
and high resolution streams in the salvo layout based on the users selection. User
should have minimum two streams available to use this feature. By default camera
will stream in high resolution video in single salvo layout and the same camera
when it is drag and dropped in multiple salvo, it streams with low resolution video.
This feature is only supported for MAXPRO NVR.

72 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Enriched Video Viewing Experience
MAXPRO NVR offers an enriched video viewing experience through the intuitive
video rendering engine that optimizes CPU utilization by altering the video frame
rate.

Efficient Event and Alarm Viewing Capability

MAXPRO NVR provides the ability to investigate events and alarms by simultane-
ously viewing alarm videos at various stages. For every alarm, users can view the
video captured during pre-alarm, on-alarm, and post-alarm, and also view live
video from the camera which triggered the alarm.

Simultaneous Video Recording and Video Viewing

MAXPRO NVR supports multiple simultaneous operations such as video recording
and video viewing or alarm monitoring on the server unit without the need for an
additional workstation. It also provides the option of remote monitoring clients.
You can view live video while simultaneously performing searches.

Video Motion Detection (VMD) Support

MAXPRO NVR supports both camera-based and server-based video motion detec-
tion (VMD). Camera-based VMD support depends on the integration method and
the motion detection performance depends on camera analytics. Server-based
VMD (SMART VMD) is supported for all video devices supported by NVR, and is
based on Honeywell Active Alert analytics algorithms supporting object-based
motion detection with reduced false alarms.

Search
MAXPRO NVR supports multiple search features: Timeline Search, Preview Search,
Alarm/Events Search, Calendar Search and SMART Motion Search.

SMART Motion Search

SMART Motion Search feature allows you to search for a missing object by search-
ing on motion in recorded video within a short span of time. This feature over-
comes the traditional way of searching an object in recorded videos. It also
provides you with before and after recordings of a missing object.

360 Immersive Experience (Dewarping) Support

MAXPRO NVR supports client side dewarping integration with Oncam Grandeye
and Immervision 360 applications.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 73

New EquIP Series Camera Models Support
Additional 8 new EquIP camera models are now supported (HFD6GR1, HSW2G1,
HCD8G, HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN). In addition
the following are the advanced features that are offered through these cameras:
• Intrusion trace (Need to purchase separate license to enable this feature in
camera)
• Face Detection
• Audio Detection (For cameras with Built-in Microphone or External
Microphone)
• SD Card Failure

New high performance and specialty EquIP Camera Support

• HM4L8GR1: 8 MP IR Rugged Multi-Imager Dome
• HMBL8GR1: 8 MP IR Rugged Multi-Imager Bullet
• H4L6GR2: Low-Light 6 MP IR Rugged Dome
• HBL6GR2: Low-Light 6 MP IR Rugged Bullet
• HEPB302W01A04: 1080p 30x Explosion-Proof IP Camera, 4 m cable
• HEPB302W01A10: 1080p 30x Explosion-Proof IP Camera, 10 m cable
• HTMZ160T302W: Dual Sensor Thermal/Visual IP PTZ Camera

3D Positioning
3D Positioning feature enables you to view a specific object in a live video in 3-
dimensional view. On a live video you need to draw a region to view a specific
object. This feature is supported only with New EquIP PTZ (HDZ302DE, HDZ302D,
HDZ302DIN) camera models.

New EquIP Camera Model Dewarping

New EquIP FishEye Camera (HFD6GR1) is capable of delivering FishEye view of
the surrounding and which can also be Dewarped to different view types depend-
ing on the mounting position.

H.265 Codec Support

H265 codec type is now supported to optimize the storage requirements for higher
solution cameras. H265 is only supported for New EquIP model cameras
(HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G, HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D and
HDZ302DIN). H.265 cameras supports GPU based Rendering. Now you can render
upto 23 H.265 cameras with 1080P Resolution at 30 FPS/30 GOP.
Limitations of H.265 Codec Type:
• H.265 is not supported in MAXPRO Mobile app

74 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • H.265 is not supported in Web client

Meta Data Conversion Utility

Meta data conversion utility allows you to replace or update the unique system ID
number of the recorded clips and Meta data details for all or specific cameras. This
utility helps you to retain your recorded clips and Meta data details during Failover
/Failback operations. This allows a user to effectively playback the recorded clip
without loss of video.

Multi-language Support
MAXPRO NVR supports multiple languages such as English, French, Arabic, Rus-
sian, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, German, Czechoslovakian, Portuguese and Polish.
English is the default language.

Keyboard Support
MAXPRO NVR supports industry standard Honeywell keyboards connected over
Ethernet such as UltraKey Plus and UltraKey Lite

Clip Export
MAXPRO NVR supports exporting clips with audio in - WMV, ASF and Honeywell
MPVC formats. It also supports exporting still images/snapshots in .BMP format.
The clips can be signed with digital signatures to ensure authenticity.

MAXPRO NVR Clip Player

MAXPRO NVR Clip Player is a Honeywell proprietary clip player designed to only
playback exported MAXPRO Video Container format (MPVC) clips. This clip player
is part of the NVR 4.0 package and can be accessed in the NVR installation folder.

Email Notification
MAXPRO NVR supports email notification on camera, system and operator events.

Video Surround Feature

MAXPRO NVR offers Video Surround, which provides the ability to track subjects of
interest as they move between areas covered by adjacent cameras. Simply double-
click on the panel where the subject is currently visible to track the subject.

Profile Cameras
Multi-zoom views on HD video and support for Profile cameras to create virtual
cameras by digitally zooming into the field of view. Example: Zoom in on a cash
register in one view of the HD camera and at the same time monitor the cash oper-
ator in the zoom out view of the HD camera

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 75

Reports
Using the MAXPRO NVR, you can generate Event History and Operator Log
reports, each of which has its own significance. These reports can be exported in
PDF, Crystal Reports, Excel and Word formats.

Integration Capability
Multiple MAXPRO NVRs can be deployed for system expansion using a distributed
architecture and integrated with the MAXPRO Viewer multi-site software or MAX-
PRO VMS enterprise video management system. MAXPRO also integrates with
WIN-PAK® and Pro-Watch® Access Control Systems.

Audio
MAXPRO NVR supports 1-way audio (camera to NVR) for specific IP cameras.
Please refer to the MAXPRO NVR compatibility list at www.security.honeywell.com/
hota/compatibility/index.html for the models supported.

Web Client
The MAXPRO NVR Web Client allows you to remotely access the MAXPRO NVR
server using a web browser like Internet Explorer and perform video surveillance. It
gives you the flexibility to view live video and perform the basic video surveillance
functions remotely over the web. MAXPRO NVR Web Client supports viewing the
live video, viewing Recorded Video (Playback), taking a Snapshot and viewing Pre-
sets.

Archival
This feature enables you to archive the recorded video from the system manually or
automatically to a NAS or SAN disk. You can define a specific schedule to archive
the recordings periodically or you can manually archive whenever required. For
both cases you should configure the archival disk/drive in the Configurator > Disk
tab. To configure NAS for recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording sec-
tion on page 245 for complete information.

Mobile Apps
MAXPRO NVR supports mobile monitoring clients on iOS and Android with MAX-
PRO NVR Mobile apps. The apps can be used to perform common daily tasks such
as viewing live video, zooming in for full screen viewing, playback or searching for
video by date and time, perform PTZ control through presets, monitor & manage
alarms and taking a snapshot of a video frame. Recent enhancements also include
One configuration for both Local and Remote server connection, Fingerprint
Authentication login is support (only for IOS devices), Digital Zoom (only for IOS
devices), HIS Streaming and HTTPS support

76 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Advanced Security
MAXPRO NVR supports advanced security features with encryption support for
communication between desktop client to NVR and secure https login for the Web
Client and Mobile App.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR
Technical Notes for security settings.

MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR Standalone System Diagram
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR SE system architecture.

MAXPRO NVR SE System Diagram

Note: The NVR SE box in the above system diagram is used as an example of a typical
system. Other System diagrams for NVRs (XE, PE and Software only) look similar to
the NVR SE and will only have minor differences.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 77

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Standalone System Diagram
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone system
architecture.

MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone System Architecture

Note: The Hybrid NVR XE box in the above system diagram box is used as an example of a
typical system. Other system diagrams for Hybrid NVRs (SE, PE) look similar to the
Hybrid NVR XE and will only have minor differences.

78 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR distributed system architecture.

MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 79

 This page is intentionally left blank

80 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

3 COMMISSIONING MAXPRO NVR

Overview of Commissioning Procedure

Commissioning is the process of setting up the MAXPRO NVR system hardware,
installing the software and configuring the NVR system. At the end of the commis-
sioning process, the MAXPRO NVR system is equipped for use by operators to per-
form video surveillance operations.

Steps in the Commissioning Procedure

The process of commissioning involves the following phases.
• Setting up the MAXPRO NVR system
• Installing the Software in the Server and Client Computers
• Configuring the MAXPRO NVR
• Verifying the Configuration

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR involves:
• Determining the number of MAXPRO NVR server and client computers at the
location.
• Choosing the desired MAXPRO NVR system architecture.
• Connecting the monitors to the MAXPRO NVR. After connecting the monitors,
configure the monitor display properties.
• Connecting the keyboards (for example, Ultrakey) to the MAXPRO NVR unit.
See the Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions section on page 83 for information
on how to setup the MAXPRO NVR XE/SE/PE or MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE/SE/PE
system.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 81

 See the Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution section on page 89 for informa-
tion on how to setup the MAXPRO NVR Software installed on a 3rd party Server.

Installing the Software in the Server and Client Computers

Note: Full/Fresh installation is NOT required on Honeywell’s boxed solutions: MAXPRO
NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE. Fresh client installation is only
required on client computers.
The following steps are involved to install the MAXPRO NVR software on a 3rd
party hardware:

Step 1. The server and client computers meet the minimum hardware and soft-
ware requirements.
Step 2. Installing the MAXPRO NVR software.

Caution: Don't install any Email client on the MAXPRO NVR server machine.

See the MAXPRO NVR Software Installation section on page 104 for information on soft-
ware requirements and installation instructions for the MAXPRO NVR software.

Configuring the MAXPRO NVR

In this phase, you need to configure the MAXPRO NVR through the user interface.
Configuring MAXPRO NVR includes the following:
• Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard
• Configuring the system level settings
• Configuring the disk management settings
• Configuring the schedule based recording for cameras
• Performing user administration
See the In this chapter... section on page 153 for information on how to configure the
MAXPRO NVR system.

Verifying the Configuration

Verifying the configuration involves checking whether the surveillance operations
can be performed using MAXPRO NVR. Surveillance operations include: viewing
the live video, performing the pan, tilt, and zoom on the video, and starting the
video recording.
See the Verifying the Configuration section on page 305 for information on how to per-
form the verification.

82 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

4 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR

Overview
This chapter describes the settings for setting up the MAXPRO NVR system.
• For setting up the MAXPRO NVR Single-box solution, see the Setting up the
MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions section on page 83.

• For setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only solution, see the Setting up the
MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution section on page 89.

• For setting up a peripheral Joystick Controller, see the Connecting the Joystick
Controller section on page 99.

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR unit and client computers is the first phase in the
commissioning process.
Refer to the specific MAXPRO NVR Data Sheet on Honeywell Video web site.
(www.honeywellvideo.com) for information on hardware specifications for the
MAXPRO NVR unit.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 83

Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR SE system diagram.

Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram

Note: In the above system diagram NVR SE box is used as an example of a typical system.
Other System diagrams for NVRs (XE, PE and Software only) look similar to the NVR
SE and will have minor differences.

84 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Hybrid system diagram.

Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram

Note: In the above system diagram Hybrid NVR SE box is used as an example of a typical
system. Other system diagrams for Hybrid NVRs (XE, PE) look similar to the NVR
Hybrid SE and will have minor differences.
See MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections section on page 90 for rear panel connectors to
connect analog video source, looping outputs and IOs.

Connecting the Monitors

Connect one or more local monitors to one of the monitor connections on the back
panel of your MAXPRO NVR unit. The number of monitors that you can connect to
the MAXPRO NVR unit varies based on the NVR Edition you purchase. Refer to the
specific MAXPRO NVR Data Sheet on Honeywell Video web site (www.honeywell-
video.com) for more information.

Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit

Note: Honeywell recommends using an Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) for the
MAXPRO NVR unit and the cameras. Powering the cameras and unit from a UPS
ensures that the MAXPRO NVR unit can continue to record video during a power
outage or during transient power events. If you need to monitor video during a power
outage, consider a UPS for the client workstations as well.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 85

To power on the MAXPRO NVR unit
Step 1. Turn on camera(s) and other hardware connected to the MAXPRO NVR
unit.
Step 2. Press and hold the power button on front of the MAXPRO NVR unit. The
power button turns “blue” after the MAXPRO NVR unit is turned on.
Step 3. After powering on the unit, you are prompted to log on. For MAXPRO NVR
turnkey units shipped with v4.0 or later version, the default Windows
desktop login user has user name: NVR-Admin, password:
Password$123. The user name and password are case sensitive. You will
be prompted to create a new password the first time that you log in. After
logging on, the MAXPRO NVR Wizard automatically starts up but may
take two minutes to initiate.

Note: Honeywell recommends to disable the Administrator User account and create a new
Administrator User account. See Securing MAXPRO NVR section on page 299 for more
information.

To turn off the power for MAXPRO NVR

Step 1. Close the MAXPRO NVR application.
Step 2. Click Start>Shut Down. Wait for the MAXPRO NVR unit to shut down.

Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name

Your MAXPRO NVR unit has pre-configured network ports with the following
default IP addresses:
• 192.168.1.101 for NIC1 (Camera Network)
• 172.25.254.101 for NIC2 (Client Workstation Network)

Note: NIC2 may not be available on all NVR options, please refer to the data sheet for more
information.
If more than one MAXPRO NVR unit is on the same network, you must assign a
unique IP address and computer name to each unit (the default name is MAXPRO-
NVR).

86 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Changing the IP address
Step 1. Click the network icon in the notification area, click Open Network
and Sharing Center (See Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram),
and then click Change adapter settings.

Network and Sharing Center

Step 2. Right-click Camera Network or Client Workstation Network, and then
click Properties. The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box
(Similar to MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System) appears.

LAN Properties
Step 3. Click Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), and then click Properties.
Step 4. Click Use the following IP address, and then, in the IP address, Subnet
mask, and Default gateway boxes, type the IP address settings.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 87

 Step 5. Click Use the following DNS server addresses, and then, in the Preferred
DNS server and Alternate DNS server boxes, type the addresses of the
primary and secondary DNS servers.

Changing the computer name

Step 1. Click Start, right-click Computer, and then click Properties. The System
window appears.
Step 2. Click Advanced system settings. The System Properties dialog box
appears.
Step 3. Click the Computer Name tab, and then click Change...
Step 4. In Computer name, delete the old computer name, type a new computer
name, and then click OK. The name cannot contain spaces or all numbers
or any of the following characters: < >;: “ * + = \ | ?.
Step 5. After changing the computer name, you are prompted to restart the
computer.
Step 6. Navigate to the C:\Program
Files\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin folder, and then
double-click MaxProNVRMachineNameUtility.exe to open the Maxpro
NVR Utility.
Step 7. The new computer name automatically appears in the Machine Name
field. If it does not, enter the name manually and click Update. The
message Machine Name Updated Successfully appears when the
update is complete.

Configuring the Monitor Display Properties

The recommended display settings for the monitor are dialog box resolution of
1280 x 1024 pixels and color quality of 65K colors non-interlaced. The display set-
tings can be configured from the Windows control panel or from the Windows
desktop through the context menu.

Configuring Display Settings for the Context Menu

Step 1. Right-click on the Windows desktop and select Screen resolution.
Step 2. Select the appropriate Resolution.
Step 3. Click OK to save the setting and close the dialog box.

Configuring Display Setting from the Control Panel

Step 1. Click Start > Control Panel, to open the Windows control panel screen.
Step 2. Under Appearance and Personalization, click Adjust screen resolution.
Step 3. Select the appropriate Resolution.
Step 4. Click OK to save the setting and close the dialog box.

88 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR server and client computers is the first phase in the
commissioning process.

Before you Begin

Determine the following at the location.
• Number of server and client computers required.
• Hardware configuration of the computers.
• Number of peripheral devices such as joystick controllers (Ultrakey
keyboard), and other devices that are needed.

Hardware Specifications
The MAXPRO NVR server and client computers must meet the minimum hardware
specifications, refer to the MAXPRO NVR Software Data Sheet for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Software System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR software solution can be set up in the following two ways:
• Standalone System
• Distributed System
Corresponding system architectures are displayed below

MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Standalone system.

MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 89

MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Distributed system.

MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Rear Panel Connectors
The rear panel of the NVR contains the connectors used for attaching cameras,
sensors, and relays to the NVR. Below are the diagrams that outline the location
and connections of Hybrid XE, SE and PE connectors and also the Input and Out-
put Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE.

90 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Hybrid XE Connections

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 91

 Hybrid XE Connections

92 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Hybrid SE Connections

Hybrid SE Connections

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 93

Hybrid PE Connections

94 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Hybrid PE Connections

Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE

Connecting a Video Source

There are different types of Video Sources that can be plugged into the NVR includ-
ing DVD players, VHS players, and CCTV Cameras. Hybrid XE, SE and PE support
16 channel analog video source. The connectors use the BNC standard.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 95

 Connecting a Video Source

Note: The video inputs are 75 Ώ BNC connectors. Plug one end into the video source (DVD,
Camera, etc.) and plug the other end into the desired BNC input on the NVR.

Looping Output Termination

If the image appears distorted or virtually un-viewable, turn the termination
resister to the ON position, making it terminated. When it is necessary to terminate
a looping output, the NVR has built-in termination that allows users to select indi-
vidual outputs. It is not always necessary to terminate the output; it depends on the
device to which you are connecting. As a rule, if the image appears distorted or vir-
tually un-viewable, it likely needs to be terminated.

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number of
looping outputs supported on a specific unit.

Looping Output Termination

Note: Always leave the dip switch set to the ON position when the Looping Outputs are not
used and only the installer should decide to turn it ON /OFF.

96 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting Control Outputs
Each NVR Hybrid has Control Outputs. These outputs can be used to trigger
devices such as Sirens, Phone Dialers, Lights, and any other relay activated device.
There is no power supplied to the ports. Use an external power supply if necessary.

Control Outputs

Use 12V, below 300mA. For controlling lights or other devices, use another external
relay.
• Maximum voltage is 24V AC @ 1 amp
• Output uses a Form C Relay

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number of
control outputs supported on a specific unit.

Connecting Sensors
Each NVR Hybrid has Sensor inputs. These inputs can be used with devices such
as infrared devices, motion device, glass breakage alarms, door and window trips,
and so on. The Sensors can be set to Normally Open or Normally Closed inside the
software.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 97

 There are Common Grounds (-) and sensor inputs (+). There is no power supplied to
the ports so an external power supply must be used if power is necessary.

Connecting Sensors

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number of
sensor inputs supported on a specific unit.

Connecting an Analog PTZ Camera

Setting up a PTZ Camera is simple. The NVR Hybrid comes pre-assembled with an
internal PTZ adapter. The cabling may be run up to 4,000 ft using 22 Gauge
Twisted Pair. It is important to understand how the PTZ connects to the NVR. The
NVR outputs an RS-232 signal and converts in to an RS-422/485 signal which is
then sent to the PTZ camera.

Attaching the 4-Pin Adapter

Step 1.Locate the PTZ adapter cable.
Step 2.Connect the wires of the PTZ adapter to
the PTZ camera. The yellow wire should
connect to the RX+ on the camera and the
orange wire should connect to the RX-.
Step 3.Connect the other end of the adapter to
the XVR unit as shown.
Step 4.Assign the PTZ camera an ID number in
PTZ Setup that coincides with the number
assigned to the camera. This is normally done
utilizing a dip-switch configuration method on
the addressable dome. For Example: If the
camera is plugged into input number 5, set the
PTZ unit to ID number 5.
4-Pin Adapter

98 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting the Joystick Controller
Joystick Controllers (Ultrakey Plus or Ultrakey Lite over Ethernet) can be con-
nected to MAXPRO NVR without any configuration.
Honeywell UltraKey joystick controller is an industry-leading approach to intelli-
gent, user-friendly control of video management systems. Using the UltraKey key-
board, you can perform actions such as selecting a panel, PTZ operations,
selecting a video source such as a camera, and others in the Viewer tab.

Connecting a Joystick Controller to MAXPRO NVR

To connect a Joystick Controller to MAXPRO NVR
• The UltraKey can be connected through the Ethernet. Set the UltraKey IP
Address and System Controller (IP Address of MAXPRO NVR) through the
UltraKey configuration settings. Refer to the UltraKey manual for more
information.

How to log on to the UltraKey Plus keyboard?

First time users of MAXPRO NVR must explicitly log on to UltraKey Plus keyboard
in order to use MAXPRO NVR.

Step 1. Power-on the UltraKey Plus keyboard.

Step 2. Press the Menu key on the LCD.
Step 3. Press the MAX-1000 Setup key on the LCD. The Left, Up, Right, and Down
buttons appear on the LCD.
Step 4. Press the Ent hard key located on the right side of the UltraKey Plus
keyboard.
Step 5. Enter the default PIN password 1234.
Step 6. Press Ent. The UltraKey Plus keyboard is now ready for use for performing
the video management functions.

How to log off from the UltraKey Plus keyboard?

Step 1. Press the Menu key on the LCD.
Step 2. Press the MAX-1000 Setup key on the LCD. The Left, Up, Right, and Down
buttons appear on the LCD.
Step 3. Press the Down key.
Step 4. Press the Ent hard key twice located on the right side of the UltraKey Plus
keyboard. The log off confirmation message appears.
Step 5. Press the Ent hard key.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 99

NetBIOS Naming Convention Limitations
This section describes the naming conventions for computer accounts in Microsoft
Windows, NetBIOS domain names, DNS domain names, Active Directory sites, and
organizational units (OUs) that are defined in the Active Directory directory service.

For MAXPRO NVR

In remote connection scenario, the NVR Hostname will be more than 15 charac-
ters. However, NetBIOS naming convention supports only 15 characters for host-
name.
• If user is trying to connect to a database and if it failing, then ensure that the
hostname of the computer is not more than 15 characters.
Refer the following Microsoft web page of more details on NetBIOS limitations.
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/909264/naming-conventions-in-
active-directory-for-computers-domains-sites-and

100 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

5 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE

Overview
This chapter describes the procedures for installing the MAXPRO NVR software.
Follow the appropriate section in this chapter to complete your MAXPRO NVR soft-
ware installation.

Caution: For Honeywell’s turnkey box solutions, MAXPRO NVR XE/SE/PE and MAXPRO NVR
Hybrid XE/SE/PE, the server and client software required is pre-installed on the box.
The instructions in this chapter for Server software fresh installation are NOT
applicable for the turnkey box solutions. On the NVR and Hybrid NVR box solutions,
only the installation upgrade process might apply depending on the existing software
version on the unit. For client workstations, the client installation procedure is
applicable.

Before you Begin

The client and server computers must meet the hardware and software specifica-
tions listed in the respective NVR Data Sheet.

MAXPRO NVR Software - Operating System Prerequisites

Before you install Honeywell MAXPRO NVR software, please note the MAXPRO
NVR Server and Client operating system requirements listed in the following sec-
tion.
• MAXPRO NVR Server
The computer that is designated as the server must run on one of the following
operating systems:
• Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Professional 64-bit or Windows 10 Professional
64-bit must be installed on the NVR before installing MAXPRO NVR
software.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 101

 • Microsoft® Windows® Server 2008 R2 Standard, Service pack 1 or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard or Windows Server 2016 must be installed on the
NVR before installing MAXPRO NVR Software.
• MAXPRO NVR Client Workstation
The computer that is designated as the client workstation must run on one of the
following operating systems:
• Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional 32-bit / 64-bit, Service pack 1 or
Windows 8.1 Professional 32-bit/64-bit or Windows 10 Professional 32-bit/
64-bit must be installed on the workstation before installing MAXPRO NVR
client software.
Please refer to the Microsoft® Windows Patches Tested with MAXPRO®NVR docu-
ment for further details on Windows updates that have been tested with the cur-
rent software version shipping with MAXPRO NVRs.

Before you Begin - Windows Updates

If Windows updates are enabled in your system, then Figure warning message
appears and the installation continues.

Automatic Windows Update Enabled Warning Message

If any pending reboot is there due to windows updates, then Figure error message
appears, and the installation stops. Please ensure that you reboot your computer
after the Windows updates are finished.

Pending Reboot Error Message

Note: Ensure that services.msc console is closed before Installing or upgrading the
MAXPRO NVR.

102 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Before you Begin - Disable Defragmentation
Before starting the installation of MAXPRO NVR, it is recommended that you dis-
able Defragmentation.

Step 1. Click Start -> Run -> type DFRGUI.

Step 2. In the Disk Defragmenter dialog click Configure Schedule
Step 3. Click to clear the Run on the schedule (recommended) check box.
Step 4. Click Start, (Right-click) Computer-> Manage, select Task scheduler -
>Task scheduler library -> Microsoft -> Windows -> Defrag. Right-click
on the ScheduleDefrag and then select Disable.
Step 5. Perform the following steps to make changes in the Registry Settings to
disable defragmentation at boot time:
a. Open the Registry Editor. Navigate to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE>
SOFTWARE> Microsoft> Dfrg> BootOptimizeFunction.
b. Right-click on the keyword "Enable" and then click Edit.
c. In the Value Data field type, N and then click OK.
d. Right-click on the keyword "Optimizecomplete" and then click Edit.
e. In the Value Data field, replace Yes with No. (case sensitive) Click OK.
f. Close the Registry Editor. The changes take effect when Windows is
restarted.

Before you Begin - Disable Volume Shadow Copy, Windows Backup Services

Step 1. Turn off the Protection settings for all the drives including OS installed
drive in My Computer -> Properties -> Advanced System Settings -> Sys-
tem Protection tab.
Step 2. Select the drive under Protection settings and click Configure.
Step 3. Under Restore Settings select Turn off system protection and click OK.

Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By
NVR
Honeywell recommends to login with new Administrator user account for installing
MAXPRO NVR. To create a new Administrator user account and to disable the
default Administrator account, perform the following two steps as explained in:
• Step 1: Create a new user account with administrator privileges, page 300

• Step 6: Disable the Administrator Account, page 304.

Before you Begin - Installed SQL Service Pack on older SQL Server versions
Install the SQL Service Pack on older SQL Server versions (any SQL version below
2016) to work with MAXPRO VMS. Refer to the 800-26010-A - Securing MAXPRO VMS-
NVR Technical Notes for more information.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 103

MAXPRO NVR Software Installation
To complete the MAXPRO NVR software installation follow the procedures in these
sections:

Step 1. First complete, How to Install MAXPRO NVR

Step 2. Choose the installation that best suits your requirements, and follow the
appropriate steps.
• Full Installation: Full installation can be selected to install the Server and
Client on the same system.
• Client Installation: Client installation can be selected to install MAXPRO NVR
desktop client on the client workstations.

How to Install MAXPRO NVR

1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 6.7 DVD in the DVD drive. The setup runs automati-
cally. If the setup does not run automatically, browse the DVD drive, and dou-
ble-click setup.exe. A message box appears as shown below.

2. Click Yes to validate the setup files are not corrupted before continuing the
installation and click No to skip the validation to continue the setup. The
Welcome installation wizard appears as shown below.

104 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 3. Click Next. The License Agreement screen appears.

4. Read the license agreement, and then select I accept the terms of the license
agreement. Click Next, the Customer Information screen appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 105

 5. Type your Registered To name.
6. Type your Company Name.
7. Click Change if you want to change the destination folder, and then select the
folder where MAXPRO NVR must be installed.
8. Click Next. The Choose Installation Type wizard is displayed.

106 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 9. Select the Client Installation or Full Installation as it applies to your system
installation.

Select Features to Install

Installs Trinity Framework, MAXPRO NVR Recording

Full Installation Application, MAXPRO NVR Database Application,
Note: Full Installation is Mobile App Application, Analytics Application and
only needed for Software MAXPRO NVR Client on the same computer. See the
solutions. See "Full Installation" on page 107 for more
information.
Installs Client, Trinity Framework, and Adapters. See
Client Installation the See "Client Installation" on page 114 for more
information.

Full Installation
MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Full installation can be selected to install the Server and Client on
the same system.

Note: Full Installation is only needed for Software solutions. Don't install any Email client
on the MAXPRO NVR server machine.
To perform a full installation

1. Perform steps 1 through 9 of How to Install MAXPRO NVR, and then select the
Full Installation option in the Choose Installation Type screen appears.
2. Click Next. The Choose Installation Type screen appears.
3. You have two options to choose from:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 107

 • Fresh Installation: Select this option if you are installing MAXPRO NVR for
the first time and then click Next. The SQL Login screen appears.
Or

• Upgrade Existing Installation: Select this option if you want to retain/restore

the configuration settings from a backup of the previously installed version
of MAXPRO NVR and click Next. The SQL Login screen appears.

4. Click Browse, and then select any existing SQL database server instance, such
as the existing SQL database server instance on the same network. If you do
not want to select an existing database server instance, proceed to step 5.
5. Select Connect using option as Windows authentication or SQL Server
authentication. If you select SQL Sever authentication, type the Log on ID and
Password.

Note: If you are installing MAXPRO NVR on a new computer that does not have SQL Server
2012 Express installed, you will be prompted to install it. Follow the
on-screen instructions to complete the installation. In addition VC++ 2008
redistributable will be installed as a prerequisite as part of MAXPRO NVR
installation.Refer What’ New Release Notes for more information on issues.
6. Click Next. The SQL credentials validation status appears. After successful
validation, the Choose Database Location screen appears.

108 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 7. There are two scenarios that are possible here, depending on your installation
type:
• For Fresh installation of a MAXPRO NVR Database: The default path where the
MAXPRO NVR database is created automatically displays for a MAXPRO NVR
database fresh installation. Click Next to use the default path or click Browse to
select a new path if necessary and then click Next. The Choose Recording Drives
screen appears.
• To retain the existing MAXPRO NVR Database: The path where the MAXPRO
NVR database is saved for a previously installed version of the MAXPRO NVR
software automatically displays. Click Next. A message “Trinity Database file
already exists. Do you want to retain the database” appears shown below. If you
• Click Yes. The Localization Support screen appears.
• Click No. The Choose Recording Drives screen appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 109

 8. Select the drive check box for the drive on which to save the camera recordings
(to use as a video storage drive) and click Next. The Localization Support screen
appears.
Caution: It is recommended that you do not choose the operating system drive for saving the
camera recordings (as a video storage drive). Selecting an Operating System drive for
video storage can lead to system instability and crash.

110 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select all the languages
required for your system. If an additional language is required after the installation is
completed, the software will need to be uninstalled and installed again.

Note: Only English language will be supported/installed in Beta release.

9. Select the languages in which you want to install MAXPRO NVR and then click
Next. The Installation Summary screen appears.

10. If you want to change any settings, click Back, else click Next. When the
installation is complete, the following message is displayed. The approximate
time for installing the prerequisites and MAXPRO NVR Products displays.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 111

 11. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears with the options to Validate and to Finish
the installation.
• Click Validate to verify the installed files on your NVR. If there are no errors
then a message appears - Setup has been validated successfully without any
error. Click here to view report. If there are errors, the message shows there
are errors and the report can be reviewed to identify the error and contact
Honeywell technical support if required to correct them on reinstall.
• Click Finish. The installation wizard starts all the services which may take a
few minutes. After the wizard closes, as mentioned in step 10 it is
recommended to Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect.
If you are prompted to reboot the system then a confirmation message is
displayed.
12. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR installation.

Installing Web Client

By default MAXPRO NVR 6.7 installs the Web Client component on your machine. It
also installs the MAXPROWEBConfigurator utility to change or update the system
and server configuration. If you want to access the MAXPRO NVR Server using Web
Client remotely through a supported web browser then you should install Silverlight
on the remote machine.
Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through Web Client

The following are the prerequisites to access the MAXPRO NVR server through Web
Client:

112 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Silverlight: Ensure that Silverlight version 5 and above is installed on your
machine. If you don't have the Silverlight plug-in on your machine, you can
download it from the following Microsoft link. http://www.microsoft.com/
getsilverlight/Get-Started/Install/Default.aspx

Note: Silverlight plug-in is not supported by Chrome version 42.x or above and Microsoft
Edge browser.
• Web Browsers Supported on Windows Systems: Ensure that at least one of the
following supported web browsers are installed on your PC:
• Internet Explorer version 8 or above
• Firefox version 15.0.1 or above
• Chrome version 32.x to 41.x only.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Web Client is only supported for the below Web Browsers on Windows
10 with Silverlight plug-in installed:
• Internet Explorer version 11 or above
• Firefox version 40 or above

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

• Web Browsers Supported on MAC systems: Not supported.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 113

Client Installation
MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Client installation gives you an option to install MAXPRO NVR Cli-
ent on the client workstations.

1. Select Client Installation in Choose Installation Type screen and then click
Next. The Client Configuration screen appears.

2. Type the MAXPRO NVR Server name or IP address, and then click Next. The
Localization Support screen appears.

Note: If you do not know the server name or if the server is not accessible, then type the local
host/computer name. The server name can be changed after the installation in the
Client.

114 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select all the languages
required for your system. If an additional language is required after the installation is
completed, the software will need to be uninstalled and installed again.

3. Select the languages in which you want to install MAXPRO NVR and then click
Next. The Installation Summary screen appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 115

 4. If you want to review or change any settings click Back, otherwise click Next.
The setup status of various components appears.When the installation is
complete, the following message is displayed.

5. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears. Click Finish. The installation wizard starts
all the services which may take a few minutes. After the wizard closes, it is

116 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 recommended to Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect. If
you are prompted to reboot the system then the reboot message is displayed.
6. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR Client installation.

Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

To uninstall MAXPRO NVR, choose any of the following uninstall procedures that
best suit your requirement.
• Client uninstall
• Full uninstall

Client Uninstall
Choose this option to uninstall MAXPRO NVR Client components.
To uninstall the client

Step 1. Go to Control Panel->Programs and Features, select the MAXPRO NVR

Client and click uninstall.
Or
Insert the MAXPRO NVR setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD drive, and
then double-click Setup.exe.
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click
Setup.exe. The uninstall wizard starts.
Step 2. Click Next. The message “Do you want to completely remove the selected
application and all of its features” appears. The uninstall status of
various components appears.
Step 3. Click Finish. You are prompted to reboot your computer to complete the
uninstall procedure.

Full Uninstall
The following components are uninstalled: MAXPRO NVR Server and Client com-
ponents. You can choose the option to retain a backup of database and clip
(recording) metadata as per your input during the full uninstall process.
To perform full uninstall

Step 1. Go to Control Panel->Programs and Features, select MAXPRO NVR 6.7

and click uninstall.
Or
Insert the MAXPRO NVR setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD
drive, and then double-click Setup.exe.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 117

 Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then dou-
ble-click Setup.exe. The uninstall Welcome wizard is displayed.

A message Do you want to completely remove the selected application and all of its
feature? is displayed.Click Yes or No as applicable.

Step 2. Click Yes. The Restoring Trinity Database screen is displayed.

Step 3. Click Yes or No as applicable.
• If you click “Yes” and then click Browse to specify a new path for backup
location for storing the database. Click Next, the database is retained for
future installations of MAXPRO NVR. The uninstall status of various
componentsappears and uninstallation finish screen appears.

118 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • If you click “No” and then click Yes to confirm deleting the Trinity database.
The database is deleted. The uninstall status of various components appears
and uninstallation finish screen appears.

Installation Finish
Step 4. Click Finish. The uninstall wizard closes and you are prompted to reboot
your computer.

NetBIOS Naming Convention Limitations

This section describes the naming conventions for computer accounts in Microsoft
Windows, NetBIOS domain names, DNS domain names, Active Directory sites, and
organizational units (OUs) that are defined in the Active Directory directory service.

For MAXPRO NVR

In remote connection scenario, the NVR Hostname will be more than 15 characters.
However, NetBIOS naming convention supports only 15 characters for hostname.
• If user is trying to connect to a database and if it failing, then ensure that the
hostname of the computer is not more than 15 characters.
Refer the following Microsoft web page of more details on NetBIOS limitations.
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/909264/naming-conventions-in-
active-directory-for-computers-domains-sites-and

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 119

 This page is intentionally left blank

120 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

6 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED

In this chapter...

Section See page...

Logging on Using Profiles page 121
Managing Profiles page 124
Port Forwarding page 128
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface page 130
Setting Preferences page 134
Licensing Information page 147
SSA - Software Service Agreement for MAXPRO page 150
Logging off page 152
Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface page 152

Logging on Using Profiles

The MAXPRO NVR server addresses are saved in profiles. You need to select the
profile before logging on. You can set a profile as the default profile. When a profile
is set as the default, you do not need to select the profile each time you log on to
MAXPRO NVR. You can also modify and delete profiles.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 121

Logging on to MAXPRO NVR
Caution: On Honeywell provided systems shipped with v4.0 or later
version, a default Windows user: NVR-Admin with password:
Password$123 is already configured and hence you are
automatically logged on. Honeywell recommends you to create
and use a new Administrator account to install and logon to
MAXPRO NVR. See Securing MAXPRO NVR section on page 299 for
more information. Logon as Administrator only when an
administrative activity need to be performed, Operator is
preferred for all other activity.

Step 1. Double-click on the desktop. The Log On dialog box appears.

Or
Click Start -> Programs -> Honeywell -> MAXPRO NVR. The Log On dialog box
(MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box) appears.

MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box

Step 2. Click the Language option, and then select the required language from
the drop-down list. The supported languages (selected during installation)
are Arabic, Czechoslovakian, Dutch, Polish, Portuguese, French, German,
Russian, Italian, Spanish, Korean and English. The default language is
English (US English).
Step 3. Clear the Windows Logged-In User check box and then enter your
Username. The default user name is admin. Honeywell recommends to
create a new NVR user (See Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use
the same to logon.

122 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 4. Type your Password. The default password is trinity.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to change the default Password before you logon to
MAXPRO VMS. See Changing the Default Password section to change the password.
See Securing MAXPRO NVR chapter for more details on security settings. See Password
Complexity and Expiry Enhancements section for more information on password setting.

Note: Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the Windows
authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If the Windows
Logged-In User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user name and password is
used for authentication. Ensure that you avoid using the @ character in your
password. Logon as Administrator only when an administrative activity need to be
performed, Operator is preferred for all other activity.
Step 5. If there is no profile set as default, then select the Profile corresponding
to the MAXPRO NVR server to which you want to connect.

Note: Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVRs and use the drop-down to choose
which NVR you would like to connect to.
Step 6. Click Login. The Viewer tab appears.

Tips for Logging on

• Click the Language option, and then select the required language from the
drop-down list. The supported languages are Arabic, Czechoslovakian,
Dutch, Polish, Portuguese, French, German, Russian, Italian, Spanish, and
English. The default language is English (US English).
• Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the
Windows authentication (uses current logged in Windows account
credentials). If the Windows Logged-In User check box is cleared, the
MAXPRO NVR user name and password is used for authentication.
• Ensure that you avoid using the @ character in your password.
• Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVRs and use the drop-down list
to choose which NVR you would like to connect to.
• Select the Display Video on Alarm check box to display the viewer as an alarm
monitor.

Note: Alarm monitor supports pop-up of camera associated to IO events only. Pop-up on
motion alarms is not currently supported.

Changing the Default Password

Honeywell recommends you to change the default password and create a new
password before logging on to MAXPRO NVR software. See Securing MAXPRO NVR for
more security settings.
To change the default password:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 123

 Step 1. In the NVR login screen, click Change Password. The Change Password
dialog box appears.

Step 2. Select the Profile from the drop-down list for which you want to change
the password.
Step 3. Type the Username. For Fresh installation admin is the user name.
Step 4. Type the Old Password.

Note: Old password is blank for Fresh installations. In upgrade scenarios, enter the old
password which is configured before upgrading. See Securing MAXPRO NVR for more
security settings. See Password Complexity and Expiry Enhancements section for more
information on password setting
Step 5. Type the New password. See Password Requirement .
Step 6. Type the new password once again to Confirm Password.
Step 7. Click Save.

Password Requirement
Ensure that the new password must meet the following requirements.

1. Minimum length – 12 and Maximum length – 20

2. Password should consists one number, one uppercase letter and one special
character.

a. Number– a digit zero through nine in any script except ideographic scripts.
b. Uppercase letter – any kind of letter from any language which has
uppercase variant.
c. Special character – any kind of punctuation character – any kind of hyphen,
dash, opening bracket, closing bracket, quotes, underscore etc

Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop Client

Managing Profiles
Saving a Server Address in a Profile
To save a server address

124 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to
display the Log On dialog box.
Step 2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears (Server
Settings dialog box).

Server Settings dialog box

Step 3. Click Add.
Step 4. Type the Profile Name to identify the profile.
Step 5. Type the Server IP/Name (numerical IP address or the network name of
the MAXPRO NVR server).
Step 6. Click Save.
Step 7. Click OK. The server address is saved in the profile.
Tip: You can click Set Default in the server settings dialog box to set the profile as
the default profile.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 125

Setting the Default Profile
To set the default profile

Step 1. Select the profile you want to set as default before logging on to the
MAXPRO NVR.

Step 2. In the User menu, , click Profiles > Set Default Profile. The profile
is set as the default profile. The default profile appears selected in the
Profile box in the Log On dialog box.

Setting the Default Profile

Modifying a Profile
You can modify the profile name and the server address saved in the profile.
To modify a profile

Step 1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to dis-
play the Log On dialog box.
Step 2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears.
Step 3. In the Choose Profile box, select the profile you want to modify. The
profile details appear under Configuration in the Server Settings dialog
box.
Step 4. Change the Profile Name, as applicable.
Step 5. Change the Server IP/Name, as applicable.
Step 6. Click Save.
Step 7. Click OK. The profile is modified.

126 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Deleting a Profile

Step 1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to

display the Log On dialog box.
Step 2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears.
Step 3. In the Choose Profile box, select the profile you want to delete.
Step 4. Click Remove.
Step 5. Click OK. The profile is deleted.

Editing the Ports

The MAXPRO NVR user interface includes a provision to modify the port number
used by MAXPRO NVR client to connect to the following components:
• Trinity Server
• Trinity Controller
• NeoEngine Server
To edit the ports:

Step 1. In the Server Settings dialog box, click Edit Ports. The port numbers
associated to Server IP/Name, Controller IP/Name and Storage Engine
IP/Name are enabled for editing.

Editing the Ports

Step 2. Change the port numbers, as applicable.
Step 3. Click Save.

Note: Port 20000 is used for ONVIF discovery.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 127

Port Forwarding
The Port Forwarding feature is generally used when an Internet client wants to
connect to a particular NVR in a private Local Area Network (LAN). This feature is
enabled by defining port forwarding rules in the Router. By defining these rules,
you can send data using the range of ports on the internet side to a port and IP
addresses on the private LAN network.

Scenarios of Port Forwarding

Note: The scenarios described in the subsequent sections, only cover port forwarding
required for the NVR client to connect to the NVR. For using MAXPRO NVR Mobile
and MAXPRO NVR Web Client from the Internet, the port used by Web Server on the
NVRs (Default Ports: 80, 443) should also be set up for port forwarding. See the
Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app section on page 366
for further details.
It is not recommended to access NVR Client via Internet. Only NVR Web client and
Mobile client is recommended to access via Internet.
Scenario1- Services mapped to different ports
Two NVRs in a private LAN are configured behind the router, and all the services on
the NVRs are running on the default ports. In the router’s port forwarding section
you need to map the ports for each of the services running in the NVRs. An internet
MAXPRO NVR client can connect to a NVR, by specifying the public IP address
given to the router and corresponding ports mapped in the port forwarding table in
the router.

Storage

8 1
192.168.2.191

1
1

Port Forwarding Scenario 1

In the above figure:

MAXPRO NVR 1 and MAXPRO NVR 2 have the default port numbers, 20007,
26026, 10000, 10010 configured for the following services respectively:
• Trinity Server
• Trinity Controller
• Storage Engine (NEOStorageServer, NEOStorageServer2)

128 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 In the router’s port forwarding table, the default ports numbers for these services
are mapped to the public port numbers (8001, 8002, 8003, 8004) of the router.
An external MAXPRO NVR client can access MAXPRO NVRs using the following
settings:
• Server IP: 199.63.245.84
• Server Port: 8001
• Controller IP: 199.63.245.84
• Controller Port: 8002
• Storage Engine IP: 199.63.245.84
• Storage Engine Ports: 8003, 8004

Note: The mapping of the ports 8001, 8002, 8003, 8004 to the respective NVR IP and ports
(20007, 26026, 10000, 10010) helps an external MAXPRO NVR desktop Client to
connect to the MAXPRO NVR system.
Scenario 2: Services mapped to existing ports
A single NVR is configured behind the router, and all the services on the NVR are
running on the default ports. In the router’s port forwarding section specify the
default ports. The Internet client can just specify the public IP Address and default
ports to connect to the NVR. The drawback of mapping to the same ports is that
only one NVR can be behind the router.

Storage

1
192.168.2.191

Storage

Port Forwarding scenario 2

In the above figure:

There is a single MAXPRO NVR 1 with the default port numbers, 20007, 26026,
10000, 10010 configured for the following services respectively:
• Trinity Server
• Trinity Controller
• Storage Engine (NEOStorageServer, NEOStorageServer2)

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 129

 In the router’s port forwarding table, the default ports numbers for these services
are specified.
An external MAXPRO NVR client can access the MAXPRO NVRs using the following
settings:
• Server IP: 199.63.245.84
• Server Port: 20007
• Controller IP: 199.63.245.84
• Controller Port: 26026
• Storage Engine IP: 199.63.245.84
• Storage Engine Ports:10000 and 10010

Note: In these scenarios, as ports are not mapped in the router, you can connect to only one
MAXPRO NVR from an external MAXPRO NVR desktop Client.

Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

The user interface of MAXPRO NVR is easy-to-use with its intuitive icons and user-
friendly features. You can configure the devices in the video surveillance network
through the MAXPRO NVR user interface. The user interface consists of tabs, tree-
structures, status bar, floating windows, and icons. On opening the user interface,
you see the following four tabs: Viewer, Configurator, Search and Report. Based on
the tab you select, windows, tree structures, and other settings relevant to the tab
appear on the screen.
A status bar is displayed at the bottom of the user interface. The status bar dis-
plays: the connection status with the MAXPRO NVR server and controller, the sta-
tus of clip creation, the role of the user, the number of unacknowledged alarms,
and the time.

Note: The tabs that are displayed in MAXPRO NVR User Interface is dependent on the user
roles and privileges.

130 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Viewer Tab
Figure illustrates the Viewer tab.

Viewer tab

The following components are displayed on the Viewer tab screen.

Component Description

Devices/Site window A floating window that displays the recorders and cameras in a tree
structure. You can select one or more devices from the Devices
window to view its video in the Salvo Layout. Refer MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide for more information.
Intellisense search
The Intellisense search option simplifies the search for cameras.
Intellisense search supports wild characters while searching. Refer
MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.

Alarm window Click to display a floating window that lists the alarms. You can
acknowledge and clear the alarms from this window. Refer Alarms
section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.

Snapshot/Clip/ Click to display a floating window that lists the images and clips in a
Archival window tree structure. You can select the images, clips and Archival clips to
view.
Refer Snapshot and Clips section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s
Guide for more information.

Sequences window Click to display a floating window that lists the sequences. You can
play the sequence using the play sequence action.
See the Configuring the Sequences section on page 220.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 131

 Component Description

Views window A floating window that lists the salvo views. The View window
consists of My Salvo Views and Shared Salvo views. Refer Salvo
View section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more
information.

Salvo Layout An arrangement of panels in which video is displayed. Refer Salvo

Layouts and Panels section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for
more information.

Timeline window A window that enables you to view video from a specified date and
time. Refer Video Recording and Viewing section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide.

Configurator Tab
Figure illustrates the Configurator tab.

Configurator tab

The settings in the Configurator tab enable you to add and configure the video
devices and set up the MAXPRO NVR system.

Components Description

System tab Helps you to configure the system level

settings, Site information, Archival
Schedule/deletion, Holidays/Exceptions
settings, Event Server Configuration and
Edge Syn Settings for MAXPRO NVR.

Disk tab Helps you to configure the disk settings for

video storage.

132 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Components Description

Camera tab Helps you to configure the camera settings.

Schedules tab Helps you to configure the schedules for

recording video.

IO tab Helps you to configure the input and output

for a camera.

Sequence tab Helps you to select a sequence of cameras

for live video.

User tab Helps in user administration.

Search Tab
Figure illustrates the Search tab.

Search tab

You can search for recorded video and events in MAXPRO NVR from the Search
tab.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 133

Report Tab
Figure illustrates the Report tab.

Report tab

Setting Preferences
The Preferences option in the User menu enables you to configure the general set-
tings and the On Screen Display (OSD) settings. On the General Settings tab, you
can configure the frame rate for panels that are not selected in the salvo layout, the
video rendering settings, the video to be displayed for alarms, and the alarm
threshold settings. The OSD settings can be configured to change the font proper-
ties such as type, color, and size for the text that appears over the video displayed
in a panel.
You can also select the default values for the general and OSD settings using the
Preferences option.
MAXPRO NVR supports three modes of encryption between client and server. On
the Advance Settings tab you can select the options such as Default Encryption,
Windows Authentication Encryption and Certificate Based Encryption under the
Application Security Settings for secure communication.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR
Technical Notes for security settings.

134 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Settings for Video Rendering
There are two types of rendering modes, Default and No Video Display. The Default
rendering is the recommended mode which enables the user to view live video from
multiple cameras at optimum quality. Selecting No Video Display means that no
video is displayed. You can also set the frame rate for panels that are not selected
in the salvo layout. The frame rate for the panels that are not selected can be set to
improve the video signal transmission over lower bandwidth networks.
To select the video rendering option

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab (General
Settings tab) is selected.

General Settings tab

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 135

 Step 2. Click the Rendering Settings tab (Rendering Settings tab).

Rendering Settings tab

Step 3. Select the Renderer Option (Default/No Video Display) for video
rendering.
Step 4. Select the Mange CPU Load (Throttle Frame Rate) check box if you want
to throttle the frame rate if the CPU usage reaches 90 per cent.
Step 5. Select the Show Time Stamp For Live check box if you want the camera
name and time to be displayed on the live video.
Step 6. Select Show Milli Sec check box if you want the milliseconds to be
displayed in the timestamp on video.
Step 7. Select Show FPS check box if you want the frames per second to be
displayed on video.
Step 8. Select the Deinterlace Selected Panel check box if you want to
deinterlace the selected panel.
Step 9. Select the check box beside Set FPS Limit For Unselected Panel.
Step 10. Select the FPS Limit. The default frame rate is 5 fps and is the
recommended setting for unselected panels.
Step 11. Click Apply.
Step 12. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Rendering Settings for a GPU system

To avail GPU rendering (30 fps in your salvo view) you need to configure the video
rendering settings under Workstation Level Settings. You can render up to 18 cam-
eras at 1080P resolution 30fps on a client machine with recommended worksta-
tion specifications (refer to NVR data sheet for specifications). To know about
improvised GPU rendering capability, see Improved GPU Rendering section on page 242
section.

136 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab is
selected.
Step 2. Click the Rendering Settings tab (Rendering Settings tab).

Rendering Settings tab

Step 3. Clear the following check boxes:
By default these two check boxes are selected.
• Mange CPU Load (Throttle Frame Rate)
• Set FPS Limit For Unselected Panel
Step 4. Click Apply.
Step 5. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Pausing the Video Rendering

You can pause the video rendering to momentarily stop the rendering of video
when a tab that does not display video is selected (for example, when the Report
tab is selected, the video rendering can be paused to improve the application per-
formance). The rendering of video starts again when you select a different tab in
the user interface.
To select the tab which pauses video rendering

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 137

 Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab is
selected.
Step 2. For Pause Video Rendering, select the check box next to the tab names
that you want to select (Settings for pausing the Video Rendering).

Settings for pausing the Video Rendering

Step 3. Click Apply.
Step 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Settings for Alarm Preview Pane

When the video related to an alarm is played from the Alarm window, the salvo lay-
out changes to a four panel layout. You can define the video display for each panel
namely, Pre Alarm, Post Alarm, Live, and On Alarm. The following table defines
these options.

Option Description

Pre Alarm The video before the occurrence of the event that triggered the
alarm is played.

Post Alarm The video after the occurrence of the event that triggered the
alarm is played.

Live Live video is played.

138 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Option Description

On Alarm The video is played from the occurrence of the event that triggered
the alarm.

Note: You can view video related to alarms for the cameras connected to MAXPRO NVR. For
Pre Alarm, Post Alarm, and On Alarm, the video is played only when the video
recording pertaining to the date and time of alarm is available.
To define the video display for each preview panel

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab is
selected (Settings for the Alarm Preview Pane).
Step 2. Select the video option for each panel corresponding to Preview Pane.
When you select Pre Alarm and Post Alarm, a dialog box appears. Select
the time in seconds for which you want to view video related to pre alarm
and post alarm in the dialog box and click OK.

Settings for the Alarm Preview Pane

Step 3. Click Apply.
Step 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 139

Setting the Alarm Threshold Value
Each event type supported in the NVR has a pre-defined Severity Level value asso-
ciated to it. When the event occurs, the value is compared with the value in the
Alarm Severity Threshold box in the Preferences dialog box. The alarm is triggered
only when the Severity Level value is greater than the Alarm Severity Threshold
value. See Appendix B, Event and Alarm Types section on page 417 for default Event and
Alarm types and their severity levels for Camera, Recorder and SMART VMD.
For example, the alarm is triggered if the Severity Level for an event is 50 and the
Alarm Severity Threshold value is 40.

Note: Severity level for alarms are displayed in the Alarm window Refer the Alarms section
in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.
To set the Alarm Severity Threshold value

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab is
selected (Setting the Alarm Threshold).
Step 2. Under Server Level Settings, type an Alarm Severity Threshold.

Setting the Alarm Threshold

Step 3. Click Apply.
Step 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

140 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings
You can configure the time interval for the exported snapshot.

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box appears. By default, the General Settings tab is
selected (Settings for SnapShot Clip Export).
Step 2. Under SnapShot Clip Export Settings, select the Clip Export time in
seconds.

Settings for SnapShot Clip Export

Step 3. Click Apply.
Step 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Configuring the OSD Settings

You can configure the OSD settings to change the properties such as type, color,
and size of the text that appears over the video displayed in a panel.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 141

 Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box (OSD Settings tab) appears.

Step 2. Click the OSD Settings tab.

OSD Settings tab

Step 3. Click Edit and select the font and color properties in the dialog box.
Step 4. Click OK to close the font properties dialog box.
Step 5. Click Apply in the Preferences dialog box.
Step 6. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

Configuring the Timeline Settings

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box (Timeline Settings tab) appears.

Step 2. Click the Timeline Settings tab.

142 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Timeline Settings tab
Step 3. Under Timeline Jump Control Configuration, set the time for the intervals
(Interval 1 to Interval 6) as applicable.
Step 4. Under Snapshot Duration Settings, select the Daywise or Hourwise
option button as applicable.
Step 5. Under Calendar Search Month View Snapshot Time, type the preferred
time and seconds and then click AM or PM as applicable.
Step 6. Click Apply.
Step 7. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

Configuring the Diagnostic Settings

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box (Diagnostic Settings tab) appears.

Step 2. Click the Diagnostic Settings tab.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 143

 Diagnostic Settings tab
Step 3. Under Change log level settings, select the check boxes corresponding to
logs as applicable.
Step 4. Click Apply.
Step 5. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

Configuring the Advanced Settings

Encryption secures the communication between server and client. You can encrypt
the data between client to server using encryption feature. MAXPRO NVR supports
three types of encryption modes to communicate with NVR box through client.
Each encryption has specific pre-requisites. The following are the pre-requisites
for each encryption mode.
• Default Encryption: None
• Windows Authentication Encryption:
• System clock time should be synced between client and server machine. It
also recommended to use the time sync utility to sync the time between
client and server.
• Workgroup: If the machines are in workgroup then the password used by a
client to log on as a windows user should be the same as Server PC.
• Domain User: All valid domain users are allowed to log on.
• Certificate Based Encryption (Recommended):
• System clock time should be in sync between client and server machine. It is
also recommended to use the time sync utility to sync the time between
client and server.
• Certificate needs to be installed in all Client and Server PCs. A client without
a certificate is not allowed to log on.
• Internet connection is required to Install the certificate.

144 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Certificate Based Encryption works across workgroup and domain.

Note: VeriSign Class 3 Code Signing 2010 CA issued certificate is tested for certificate
based encryption. Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a
Certificate Authority that would ensure robust security along with integrity and
authenticity, instead of using self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E -
Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR Technical Notes for security settings.

To configure the Advanced settings

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu.

The Preferences dialog box (Advanced Settings Tab) appears.

Step 2. Click the Advanced Settings tab.

Advanced Settings Tab

Step 3. Click Certificate Based Encryption option (Recommended), a certificate
is used for encrypting the data between client and server. To encrypt the
data using Certificate Based Encryption, perform the following:
d. Browse the certificate (.pfx file).
e. Type the Certificate Password and then click the Import Certificate button to
import the certificate.
Tip: You can also import the certificate from the following link:
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776889(v=ws.10).aspx

Or

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 145

 Under Application Security Settings, select the Default Encryption or Windows
Authentication Encryption options as applicable.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to opt for Certificate Based Encryption and use a valid
certificate from a Certificate Authority. The CA certificate would ensure robust
security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using self-signed certificate.
Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR Technical Notes on how to
Secure Communication between Client and Server for MAXPRO NVR & VMS section.
Step 1. Click OK. A services restarting progress bar is displayed. Its takes several
minutes to restart all the services.

Advance Settings Tab Service Restart

Note: All services will be restarted and all clients will be auto-reconnected.
Step 2. Click Apply to close the Preferences dialog box.

Encryption Certificate deployment scenario

The following figures depicts the Encryption certificate deployment scenarios:

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR
Technical Notes for security settings.

146 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring the Default Settings
Step 1. Click Reset to apply default settings while setting preferences.
Step 2. Click System Defaults to apply the system default settings while setting
preferences.

Licensing Information
Viewing the Version and License Information of MAXPRO NVR
Caution: Honeywell’s turnkey box solutions come pre-licensed or
included with all the camera licenses. This varies for MAXPRO
NVR models, please refer to the respective data sheets.

The MAXPRO NVR Software license has a 60-day activation period. During this trial
period NVR allows you to add up to 64 cameras. To continue using the software
beyond the first 60 days, you must register the software. On registration, the
license is limited to the number of camera licenses purchased with the software.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 147

 You can view the version and license information of MAXPRO NVR software from
the User menu.

Step 1. From the User menu on the top right, click About from the drop-down
list.

The version information of MAXPRO NVR appears Figure .

About MAXPRO NVR

Step 2. Click the License option. The License Management Console dialog box
Figure appears.

148 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 License Management Console

The License Management Console dialog box displays the number of days remain-
ing in the 60-day activation period since the software was installed. You must pur-
chase the license to continue using MAXPRO NVR.
License Type is shown as Permanent if your NVR has been licensed. General Fea-
tures shows the license information on number of channels and clients.

Video Analytics License

Below sample images represents with video analytics licenses for Mask and Social
Distancing Detection feature.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 149

Registration and Licensing
Registering the software only requires the Host ID file from the server system. This
is a unique ID generated for the NVR Server. Click the drum icon to create a Host ID.
You are prompted to select the path where you want to generate the Host ID (HID)
file, and then click OK. Save the file to a USB flash drive or hard drive.
Refer to the MAXPRO NVR Quick Start Guide for detailed information on registra-
tion and licensing of Software only NVR.
Completing the Licensing
After you receive the license certificate, perform the following steps to license the
NVR.

Step 1. Download the License Certificate file and save it to a USB flash drive.
Step 2. Launch MAXPRO NVR on the MAXPRO NVR Server.
Step 3. From the User menu, click About.
Step 4. On the MAXPRO® NVR dialog box, click License.
Step 5. On the License Management Console dialog box, select Install License in
the License drop-down list.
Step 6. The New License Configuration Wizard launches. Click Next.
Step 7. On the Locate Your License File dialog box, click Browse to locate your
license certificate (for example, on the USB flash drive), and then click
Next.
Step 8. The License Comparison dialog box displays the details of the existing
license and the newly procured license. Compare the Existing License
and the Selected License columns corresponding to General Features
and Devices. When you are satisfied, click Next.

Note: Any discrepancy in the license must be reported to Honeywell Sales Support. For
example, the Maximum supported cameras row under the Selected License column
displays the number of cameras for which the license is purchased. If the number of
cameras is less or more than the number of cameras for which the license was
purchased, contact Honeywell Sales Support immediately.
Step 9. On the Device Configuration Changes dialog box, check that the details
are accurate, and then click Next.
Step 10. On the Confirm New License dialog, click Finish.
Step 11. On the New License Configuration Wizard dialog box, click Yes.

SSA - Software Service Agreement for MAXPRO

Software Service Agreement (SSA) is a flexible version specific licensing process
which allows a user to get the support on the MAXPRO NVR licenses across multi-
ple versions. From 6.0 release user need to buy a valid license to upgrade or for
fresh installation. In addition, user can buy SSA support license for a specific dura-

150 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 tion which helps to get support from Honeywell.Please contact Honeywell Cus-
tomer support. See the back cover for the contact information in respective
regions.

Note: license is valid only for a specific release. When applied, on a wrong version, the
license will be rejected. For example if you install 5.0 license on a 6.0 installed
machine, then a message Selected license is invalid for MAXPRO NVR 6.0. Please
select correct license file is displayed.
To install the procured license see Registration and Licensing for more information. Once
the SSA license is procured and installed, the License console Management win-
dow displays the SSA info entry with validity as shown in the below example.

Analytics License
In some scenario if user changes the Mask and Social Distancing camera license
then there will not be any impact on Analytics service about the number of camera
count.
For example: If you have 5 Mask /Social Distancing camera license and if you
change it to 2 camera license then the alarms from the unlicensed 3 cameras will
be generated in NVR for mask and social distancing until the configuration is mod-
ified.
Once the camera configuration is changed then the unlicensed camera will not
function as Analytics camera and Mask/social distancing alarms will not be gener-
ated.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 151

Logging off
You can log off from MAXPRO NVR from the User menu. The name of the currently
connected user is displayed as the User menu on the top right of each screen.

Step 1. Click the User menu. The user menu options appear.

Step 2. Click Log Off. The Log on dialog box appears after logging off from
MAXPRO NVR.

Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface

You can close the MAXPRO NVR user interface from the User menu. The name of
the currently connected user is displayed as the User menu on the top right of each
screen.

Step 1. Click the User menu. The user menu options appear.

Step 2. Click Exit. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the action.
Step 3. Click Yes.

152 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

7 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR

In this chapter...

Section See page...

Overview page 154
Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard page 155
Navigating to Configurator tab page 161
Configuring the System Settings page 161
Configuring the Disk Management Settings page 167
Configuring the Cameras page 171
Adding IP Cameras / Encoders page 172
Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings page 180
Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras page 184
Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders page 185
Adding FLIR Camera page 187
Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders page 188
Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera page 189
Configuring 360/180 Cameras page 192
Managing Analog Cameras page 202
Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera page 209
Server VMD (SMART VMD) page 214
Updating the Cameras page 218
Deleting the Cameras page 218
Configuring the Schedules page 218
Configuring the Sequences page 220

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 153

 Section See page...
Performing User Administration page 222
Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option page 227
Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips page 228
Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming page 230
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) page 232
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording page 245
Annotations page 252
Scalable Analytics Server page 285
Bulk configurations of cameras from NVR page 291
Bi-Directional Audio Support for MAXPRO NVR page 300
Series 60 Camera Integration page 302

Overview
Configuring MAXPRO NVR involves setting up the system to perform video surveil-
lance and IP recording operations. This is the most important phase for commis-
sioning MAXPRO NVR system as it involves setting up the MAXPRO NVR IP
address, organizing devices, users, and roles. The MAXPRO NVR configuration task
is performed only by the user having the NVR Administrator role. This is the initial
task performed after the setting up the MAXPRO NVR system.

Caution: Logon as Administrator only when an administrative activity need to

be performed, Operator is preferred for all other activity.

Note: For a user having the Operator role, the contents in this chapter serve as a reference.
MAXPRO NVR configuration involves the following tasks:
• Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard.
• Configuring the System settings
• Configuring the Disk settings
• Configuring the Cameras
• Adding IP Cameras / Encoders
• Manually adding cameras
• Discovering and Adding Third Party PSIA, ONVIF and AXIS Cameras
• Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders
• Adding FLIR Camera
• Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders

154 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Adding Streams
• Configuring the Input and Output for an IP camera
• Configuring 360/180 Cameras
• Managing Analog Cameras
• Configuring Analog Cameras
• Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog camera
• Server VMD (SMART VMD)
• Updating the Cameras
• Deleting the Cameras
• Configuring the Schedules
• Configuring the Sequences
• Performing User administration

Before you Begin

• Ensure that you have completed MAXPRO NVR server and client hardware
setup and software installation.

Firewall Settings
Caution: The Firewall settings are pre-configured for boxed solutions –
MAXPRO NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE. For
MAXPRO NVR Software-Only solution, the Firewall settings are
automatically configured during the installation process.

Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR

Wizard
MAXPRO NVR Wizard is an easy three-step* procedure to live video for Honeywell
devices. This wizard automatically starts each time you power on the MAXPRO NVR
system.
(* 3 clicks with default settings and in a local area network for specific models)

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 155

 Step 1. The CONFIGURATION page appears.

CONFIGURATION page
• If you want to change the default settings, select YES or NO corresponding
to the fields listed in the following table or click STEP 2 to accept the default
settings, and proceed to the CAMERA DISCOVERY page in step 2.

Field Description
CONFIGURATION SETTINGS
Video Format Select “NTSC” or “PAL” based on your region.

Enable Contin- Start recording as soon as soon as the camera is

uous Record- added. 24/7 continuous recording is enabled for
ing all the cameras.
Dynamic IP MAXPRO NVR software automatically synchro-
Synchroniza- nizes any change in the camera’s IP address.
tion
For example. if a camera is restarted, and a new IP
is associated to the camera, then the MAXPRO
NVR software automatically detects the changed
IP address and synchronizes it to the camera so
that live viewing and recording is not disturbed.
Auto Add Dis- Any newly connected camera is automatically dis-
covered Cam- covered and added to the camera’s list.
era

156 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Field Description
DISCOVERY SETTINGS
Choose Cam- Enables you to choose your camera network from
era Network the drop-down list.

Click the refresh icon to refresh the drop-

down list.
Auto IP Assigns a valid address to cameras with Auto-
Assignment matic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).
Note: Use this option only if you do not have a
DHCP server and want to assign an IP address in
your computer network range to the cameras.
Range for IP Assignment: The MAXPRO NVR sys-
tem automatically detects all the cameras in this
range on the network.
From, To: Type the IP range.
Filter Discov- Enables you to filter the discovered cameras
ered Cameras based on the camera model and IP range.
• Filter By Camera Type: Select this check box
and then select a camera model from the drop-
down list by clicking the respective check
boxes.
• Filter By IP Range: Select this check box and
then type the IP range in From and To.

• Select the required language from the drop-down list. The supported
languages are Arabic, Czechoslovakian, Dutch, French, German, Russian,
Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, and English. The default language is
English (US English).
• Select the Launch Wizard on Windows startup check box to launch the
wizard automatically each time you start Windows.

Note: Click RESET to restore the default settings for each of the fields listed in the above
table.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 157

 Step 2. The CAMERA DISCOVERY page appears.

CAMERA DISCOVERY page

• All the settings that you have saved on the CONFIGURATION page are listed,
along with the discovered cameras. As each connected camera is discovered
(notice the message that displays on the lower right of your monitor) it is
added to the list. This list disappears as the cameras are added to the
MAXPRO NVR software.

Discovered Cameras

Note: The ADD button on the CAMERA DISCOVERY page appears only if you have selected
“NO” corresponding to Auto Add Discovered Camera in the CONFIGURATION page.
Select the check boxes corresponding to a camera from the discovered list, and then
click ADD button to add the discovered cameras of your choice to the MAXPRO NVR
software.
• A MAXPRO NVR Wizard pop-up message appears detailing the available free
channels in the system on NVR Hybrid units if there are analog cameras
(pre-configured or added manually). It also gives you a hint about deleting
the unused analog channels to add IP cameras. Click OK to continue.

158 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Click BACK to return to the CONFIGURATION page or click DONE when the
number of cameras discovered equals the number of connected cameras.
Caution: Only Honeywell IP cameras and HVE encoders (except
Honeywell Performance Series and New equIP® Series IP
cameras) are discovered and added in the MAXPRO NVR
Wizard. To discover and add other third party PSIA/ONVIF
compliant cameras, see the Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and
AXIS Cameras section on page 184. For adding and configuring
third party RTSP cameras, the RTSP settings must be specified,
see Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders section on page 188.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Wizard discovers only 1 channel for multi-channel Encoders and
allows you to add only 1 channel from the wizard that is first channel. You can add the
additional channels from the Camera tab.
Step 3. The INSTALLATION page appears.

INSTALLATION page

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 159

 • Click LAUNCH. The MAXPRO NVR Log On dialog appears. Please wait while
the system logs you on automatically as a Windows Logged-In User.
MAXPRO NVR launches and the Viewer tab appears. The Devices window on
the left pane lists all the discovered network cameras.
Video is visible as soon as the cameras are dragged and dropped into the panels
(also known as Salvo Layouts) on the Viewer. Refer Live Video section in MAXPRO®
NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task bar

If you right-click the MAXPRO NVR Wizard on the Task bar, a shortcut menu
appears with a list of quick configuration settings.

MAXPRO NVR Wizard Task bar Settings

Setting Select..
Configure To open the Configuration page.
Auto Discover To automatically discover the cameras.
Cameras
Auto Add Cam- To automatically add the discovered cameras to
eras the list.
Auto IP To assign a valid address to cameras with Auto-
Assignment matic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).
Exit To close the MAXPRO NVR Wizard.

160 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Navigating to Configurator tab
Step 1. Double-click the icon on your desktop. The MAXPRO NVR Log On
dialog box appears.

Caution: Only on the Honeywell provided systems shipped with v4.0 or

later version has a default Windows user name, NVR-Admin
and password Password$123 is already configured and hence
you automatically log in. Honeywell recommends you to create
and use a new Administrator account to install and configure
MAXPRO NVR. See Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows
Administrator Account Created By NVR, page 103 section for more
information.

Step 2. Clear the Windows Logged-In User check box and then type the
Username. The default user name is admin.
Step 3. Type your Password. The default password is trinity.
Note: Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the Windows
authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If the Windows
Logged-In User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user name and password is
used for authentication. If there is no profile set as default, then select the Profile
corresponding to the MAXPRO NVR server to which you want to connect.
Tip: Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVR units and use the drop-down to
choose which NVR unit you would like to connect to.
Step 4. Select the Display Video on Alarm check box to display the viewer as an
alarm monitor.
Note: Alarm monitor supports pop-up of camera associated to IO events only. Pop-up on
motion alarms is not currently supported.
Step 5. Click Login. The Viewer screen appears by default.
Step 6. Click the Configurator tab to open the Configurator screen. The System
page opens by default.

Configuring the System Settings

The System settings help in configuring the following:
• General System Settings - enable configuring the device name, device
description, and device address for MAXPRO NVR.
• Event Recording Settings - enable configuring the times associated to event
and user based recording.
• Email Settings - enable configuring the SMTP server settings for e-mail
communication of events.
• Site Info - enable configuring and displaying the Site info and License type
information.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 161

 • Archival Schedule - enable configuring the archive schedule for the
recordings.
• Edge Sync Settings: allows you to sync and back fill the recordings from
camera SD card to NVR. You can configure when to sync or back fill.
• Privacy Protection Settings: enables user to configure the type of masking in
live video.See Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) for complete information.
• Holiday/Exception Settings for Schedules - enable configuring the holidays
and exceptions for schedule based recording.
To view the system settings
• Click the Configurator tab. The System page appears by default.

System page

Configuring General Settings

The general settings enable configuring of the device address, device name, and
device description for MAXPRO NVR.
Under General Settings
• The Device Address displays by default. You can type a new device address
as applicable.
• The Device Name displays by default. You can type a new device name as
applicable.
• The Description of the device displays by default. You can type a new
description as applicable.

162 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Tip: The information in the Device Address and the Device Name fields is manda-
tory. Device Address must be set to the machine name or IP address of the NVR for
the system to work properly.

Event Recording Settings

The event recording settings enable configuring of the times associated to video
motion detection and user based recording.
Under Event Recording Settings
• The Pre-event Time (the length of time (in seconds) recording takes place
before motion is detected) and displays by default. Select a new Pre-event
Time as applicable. You can set this value from NONE to 15 seconds. The
default Pre-event Time is 5 seconds.
• The default Record for time is 30 seconds. This is the amount of time that the
NVR records or boosts recording frame rate after the motion event trigger
time. You can set this value from 5 seconds to 5 minutes.

Note: Honeywell recommends that you retain the default setting of 30 seconds to get
optimal recorded time on an event.
• The User based Recording Time (duration for which the recording is done
after the user action) displays by default. Select a new User based Recording
Time as applicable. The user based recording is the recording initiated by the
user manually and is applicable for all the cameras connected to MAXPRO
NVR.
To start user based recording
Right-click the panel displaying live video and click Start Recording.
To stop the recording
Right-click the panel displaying live video and click Stop Recording.

Email Settings
The email settings enable configuring of the SMTP server settings for email com-
munication of events.
Under Email Settings
• Type the From address
• Type the SMTP Server Name.
• The Port displays by default. Type a new Port number as applicable.
• Type the User Name of the user.
• Type the Password of the user.
• Select the Use Default Credentials check box if you want to use the
credentials that are used while logging on.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 163

 • Select the Stop Email Service check box, if you do not want to send an email
from the configured settings.
• Select the Enable SSL check box.

Site Info Settings

Site Info settings allows you to quickly provide or refer the information related to
Part Number, Serial Number, Voucher Number/System ID and the type of license
being used to a support focal.

Note: For MAXPRO NVR turnkey solutions shipped with v4.0 or later version, the Site Info
details are configured in the factory.
Under Site Info
• Type the Part Number of the NVR box. If the field is empty, the part number
can be input without any credentials. To modify the Part Number, click
and then type the factory password provided by Honeywell Technical
Support.

• Type the Serial Number. To modify the Serial Number, click and then type
the factory password provided by Honeywell Technical Support.
• The Voucher Number/System ID is displayed by default and it is non-
editable.
• The License Type details are displayed by default and it is non-editable.
• Under Notes type any required information regarding the site based on your
requirements.

Archival Schedule Settings

The Archival Schedule settings enables you to configure the archiving schedule for
your recordings. Ensure that the storage drive (NAS or SAN or USB) is configured in
Disk tab and select the Drive Purpose as Archival. See Configuring the Disk Management
Settings section on page 167 for more information. To configure NAS drive for record-
ing, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 245 for complete
information.
Under Archival Schedule
• Click Auto [24/7] option to archive the recordings automatically 24/7.
Or
Click Every Day at option to select the required time for archival from the
drop-down list.
• Select Ensure Clip scheduled for archival are not deleted until archived
check box to ensure that clips will not be deleted by the system until it is

164 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 archived. If the clip deletion schedule is reached for a specific clip then this
feature will retry and archive the clip.

Note: The default Archival Schedule configured and recommended is Every Day at 12:00
AM. This is recommended versus the Auto [24/7] option for optimal performance and
load on NVR.
The default Archival Schedule configured and recommended is Every Day at 12:00
AM. This is recommended versus the Auto [24/7] option for optimal performance
and load on NVR.

Edge Sync Settings

Edge Sync settings enables you to set the schedule for synchronizing the record-
ings from the camera SD card. This feature is supported for Profile-G compliant
cameras where the recordings are stored at the camera level.
Under Edge Sync Recording at:
• Click Every option and then select the time in minutes or hours to
synchronize the recordings.
Or
Click Every Day at option to set the specific time in hours during which the
synchronizing should trigger.
• Limit Past Sync: This option allows you to set number of days passed for
which you want system to sync the recordings from camera. For example - if
you set 10 days, then system will sync the recording within last 10 days from
camera.

Manual Archival
Manual archive can be performed in Search tab. You need to search and then
archive the required recording. Before performing the manual archive ensure that
you configure the drive in Disk tab and select the Drive Purpose as Archival. See
Configuring the Disk Management Settings section on page 167.

To perform manual archive:

Step 1. Navigate to Search tab and search the required Recording. Refer MAX-
PRO NVR Operator’s Guide, How to search for recorder video and events
section for more information. The recorded video is searched based on
the search conditions. The search results are listed in the Results win-
dow.
Step 2. In the Results pane, select the required recording from the list of
recording. Press Ctrl to select multiple recordings.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 165

 Step 3. Click at the bottom of the pane. The Clip Archival is in progress.
Please Wait... message is displayed Archive Progress.

Archive Progress

Note: If the Archival type Disks is not configured then you cannot archive the clips manually
and Failed to archive clip message is displayed.
Once the Manual Archive is success then the selected clips are displayed in Green
color (Archive Progress) and a Manual archival folder is created automatically for
the respective camera. If it fails then the selected clips are displayed in Pink color.

166 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Holidays/Exceptions Settings
The holidays/exceptions settings enable setting of the holiday and exceptions for
schedule based video recording.

Step 1. Under Holidays/Exceptions

To set holidays and exceptions
• Select a day from the calendar, and click Set as Holiday to set the selected
day as a holiday. The selected holiday displays under List of Holidays.
• Select a day from the calendar, and click Set as Exception to set the selected
day as a exception. The selected exception displays under List of Exceptions.
To remove holidays and exceptions
• Under List of Holidays, select the check box for the holiday you want to
remove, and then click Remove Holiday.
• Select the check box for the exception you want to remove, and click Remove
Exception.
Step 2. Click Save to save the information or click Reset to clear the information
entered.

Configuring the Disk Management Settings

Disk Management helps you to configure the disk settings for saving the recorded
video. All the drives available on the MAXPRO NVR system are automatically added
in the Disk Management page. To configure NAS drive for recording, see Guidelines to
configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 245 for complete information.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 167

 Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Disk tab to open the Disk Management page.

Disk Management page

All the drives available on the MAXPRO NVR system are listed.
By default, the check boxes corresponding to all the drives except C:\ are selected. C:\
is reserved for the Operating System data.
Caution: It is recommended that you do not choose the operating system
drive for saving the camera recordings (as a video storage
drive). Selecting an Operating System drive for video storage
can lead to system instability.

Step 3. The following information displays under Disk Management.

• Drive Name - displays the drive name such as C:\, D:\ and so on.
• Drive Type - displays the drive type (Fixed or Network). To configure NAS
drive for recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording section on
page 245 for complete information.
• Drive Purpose - displays the purpose of the drive (Recording/ Archival)

Note: For Manual or Auto Archiving, ensure that you configure the Drive and select the
Drive purpose option as Archival.
Tip: By default, only the fixed drives are listed. See step 5 to explicitly add a network
drive or fixed drive.
• Storage Path - displays the default storage path for saving the recorded
video. You can type a new path for saving the recorded video.

168 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Selected for Storage - By default, this check box is selected for all the fixed
drives that are listed except C: To disable video recording on a particular
drive, clear the Select for Storage check box corresponding to the drive.
• Total Space (GB) - displays the total space available on the drive.
• Free Space (GB) - displays the free space available on the drive.
• Current Recording Drive - displays a status indicator indicating that
recording is taking place on the drive. “Green” indicates that current
recorded video is saved on the drive.
• NAS Domain - displays the domain name of NAS
• NAS Username - Type the username to access the NAS

Note: If the domain, username and password mismatches with the external drive (NAS)
credentials then TotalSpace(GB) column displays Invalid Drive message.To configure
NAS drive for recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page
245 for complete information. If user adds a Network Drive for Archival without
Domain, Username and Password then a validation message is displayed to provide
the network credentials.
• NAS Password - Type the password to access the NAS. If you select the NAS
as the recording drive then ensure to follow the below.
• We should not use “-” during the share folder creation.
• If we select the shared drive for Recording, In NAS need to be create user say
Administrator or NVR-admin with same password, where NVR services is
running.
• If Neo services is running with “NVRservicesuser”, since we do not know the
password of this user (due to Cyber security) even though if we are creating
user in NAS, Recording will not work.
Step 4. Under Disk Space
The overall drive statistics specified for the recorded video at any point of time is
indicated by the following fields:
• Total available disk space - displays the total storage space available on the
drives used for saving the recorded video.
• Used non video disk space - displays the disk space used by non video data
on the drives.
• Used video disk space - displays the disk space on the drives used for saving
the recorded video.
• Free disk space - displays the free disk space available on the drives.

Note: The statistics provided in the Disk Space section does not include Archival drives.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 169

 You can also view a graphical illustration of the drive statistics with legends for
each of the above fields.

Graphical Illustration
• In the Recording recycle at box, type a value. The Recording recycle refers to
a state when the oldest video recordings are automatically deleted, if there is
no disk space on the drives for new video recordings.
• In the Low disk alarm at box, type a value. The Low disk alarm refers to a state
when the space on the drives for video storage is nearing the maximum size
of the drives.

Caution: The Low disk alarm at value must be always greater than the
Recording recycle at value.

Tip: Click Refresh to refresh the information under Disk Space at any point in time.
Step 5. Click Add Drive to add a fixed drive or a network drive.
• The fixed drive that you are adding must be available on the MAXPRO NVR
system, else an “Invalid Drive” text displays in the Total Space (GB) column.
• Add Network Drive using map drive as \\Drivename\Folder.
• Add a network drive path in the following format: \\<IP address >\<folder
name> for example, \\192.168.1.12\Recorded Clips.

Note: The Network drive added must be valid with proper folder permissions set for the
installed default user, else an Invalid Drive text displays in the Total Space (GB)
column.
Caution: Please exercise caution while using a network drive as a Recording
type video storage drive, since network interruptions and network
performance can lead to loss of video recordings.

170 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. Click Save to save the information or click Reset to clear the information
entered.

Removing a drive
Step 1. Select the check box corresponding to the drive you want to remove as
shown below.

Drive Type
Step 2. From the Drive Type drop-down list, select Network and then click Delete.
By default Fixed drive is selected. If you try to delete the Fixed drive then
a message Only Network Drives can be Deleted is displayed.

Caution: Do not delete all drives from the system otherwise user will not
get an option to add the drives again. Contact to Honeywell
technical support in case of this scenario.

Configuring the Cameras

Cameras are sources for a video input in MAXPRO NVR. The maximum number of
cameras that can be configured in MAXPRO NVR depends on the model and for
each camera you can also add multiple streams depending on the camera type.
You can add the following types of cameras:
• IP Cameras/Encoders: MAXPRO NVR can automatically discovers these
devices in the network and adds it to the MAXPRO NVR user interface. See
the Adding IP Cameras / Encoders section on page 172 for more information.
• Analog Cameras: User is required to manually add these cameras to the
respective channel and configure the camera. See the Adding/Deleting Analog
Cameras section on page 202 for more information. The maximum number of
analog cameras that you can configure in MAXPRO NVR Hybrid series (XE,
SE, PE) is 16.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 171

Adding IP Cameras / Encoders
The MAXPRO NVR Wizard automatically discovers Honeywell cameras in the net-
work and adds it to the MAXPRO NVR user interface. Alternatively, you can also dis-
cover and add all the supported cameras in MAXPRO NVR in the Camera page.

Note: It is not recommended to add Encoder/Multi-channel video stream across NEO

storage.
To add IP cameras

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.

Camera page

Note: All Honeywell cameras that are discovered and added using the MAXPRO NVR
Wizard appear in the Camera page when you first open it.
Step 3. Click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery screen is displayed.
• Click Start Discovery to discover the cameras in the network. By default, the
cameras discovered are displayed under Cameras Discovered pane.
The cameras are added based on the IP range and Video Format settings.
See the Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 180 for more
information. Only device integrations with auto discovery support are
discovered automatically in the NVR. All other devices need to be added
manually.
• To add only specific cameras, select the required camera check boxes and
then click Add Cameras. The selected cameras appear under the Camera
pane.

Note: The cameras added will have the default parameters for all their settings.

172 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 4. Under the Camera screen, select a camera to change the default
parameters for the following settings.
• Enable/Disable - Enables or disables a camera for recording and live video.
By default the check box corresponding to a camera to enable live video
preview is selected. To disable live video preview, clear the check box
corresponding to a camera. The live video appears under Preview at the
bottom right corner of the camera General/Primary Stream page See the
Configuring the Camera Properties section on page 176 for more information.

• Number - Displays the camera number. You cannot modify the camera
number.
• Camera Name - Displays the camera name. You can type a new camera
name limited to a maximum of 50 alphanumeric characters.
• IP Address - Displays the IP address of the camera. You can type the new IP
address for the camera as applicable. The IP address should include the Port
number 80. For example if the IP address is 111.221.0.333 then you should
add the port number (80) as 111.222.0.333:80.
• Camera Type - Displays the type of camera.

Note:
• For the camera type, “Generic - RTSP, you must specify the RTSP settings for
the camera in the camera properties. See the Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders
section on page 188 for more information.
• To add the discovered multi-channel encoders, see the Discovering and Adding
Multi-channel Encoders section on page 185.

Note:
• User Name- Displays the default user name, “admin” for the camera. You can
type a new user name for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the
user has been changed on the camera.
• Password - Displays the password, if any, for the camera. You can type a new
password for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the password has
been changed on the camera.
Caution: The camera Username and Password in the NVR needs to match
the username and password configured on the device for the
NVR to be able to connect to the camera and get video.

• Device Stream No - Displays the channel ID. You cannot modify this field.
• Unique System No - Display the unique camera ID. You can modify and
assign a new number as applicable.

Note:
• Unique System Number can be used to assign a unique camera number
across all your NVRs. This helps in having an unique camera number in your
entire system.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 173

 • Unique System Number should not be modified for the NVRs upgraded from
older versions to 4.0.
• For fresh installation of 4.0 we recommend the Unique System Number
should be updated when the camera is added to the NVR system. If the
Unique System Number is modified later then the older recording cannot be
retrieved.
• Unique system Number can be discovered as callup number in VMS based
on the user configuration in VMS discovery window.

Note:
• Stream Count - Displays the number of streams associated with the camera.
By default it displays 1. if a additional stream is added then the stream count
increases. Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encoders.
• NVR System Load, Storage Calculator -

• NVR System Load provides system load estimate based on the estimation of
recording bit rate of cameras currently configured on your NVR versus
maximum recording bit rate supported for the NVR in graphical manner
(Percentage load is displayed and the indicator changes to red if the load is
above the limit).
Tip: Hover the mouse over the NVR System Load indicator for more details.

Note:
• Part Number of your NVR system should be entered in the System tab for the
Maximum estimate to be shown in the System Load. Please reopen the NVR
client after updating the part number, if the part number is updated after
opening the client.
• NVR System Load is based on the recording bit rate only and does not
include archival recording.
• Maximum Bit Rate is based on the part number entered in System tab and
Current Bit Rate Estimate is based on the cameras configured in the NVR.
• For Software only NVR System, 4 Mbps bit rate per camera license is
assumed to calculate the Maximum Bit Rate but the maximum bit rate
supported can vary based on your NVR Server hardware specification.
• The Current Bit Rate Estimate is based on the estimated bit rate value for
configured cameras based on standard conditions and can vary based on
your site environment. All the estimated bit rate calculations are based on

174 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 fixed bit rate (Mbps) and might vary based on the site environment if the
camera is set to VBR (variable bit rate) mode.
• It is very important to stay within the estimator guidelines to ensure the
MAXPRO NVR will operate normally.
• Over configuration of the system can lead to unsatisfactory performance.

Note:
• Storage Calculator provides recording storage estimate based on the
recording configuration (bit rate estimate of cameras, recording schedule
and retention) of current cameras on NVR versus the maximum Recording
storage drive space supported by the NVR in graphical manner (Percentage
recording storage estimate is displayed and the indicator changes to red if
the storage estimated is above the NVR recording storage capacity).
Tip: Hover the mouse over the Storage Calculator indicator for more details.

Note:
• Archival storage calculations is not included in the estimation.
• This is an estimate for reference purpose only. While providing a reasonable
storage estimate it should not be inferred that the results are absolute and
will apply to all the systems and locations.
• Recording bit-rate and duration can be dramatically effected by PTZ
cameras, higher levels of activity, image quality, light levels and noise.
• All the Estimator calculations are based on the fixed bit rate (Mbps) and
might vary based on the site environment if the camera is set to VBR
(variable bit rate) mode.

Note:

Tip: Click on the Status Monitor icon to launch status monitor. Refer to the MAXPRO NVR
Operator’s Guide for more information on using MAXPRO Status Monitor.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 175

Configuring the Camera Properties

Step 1. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera
properties pane see the Figure .

Camera Properties pane

Step 2. Click Launch Camera Web Page to launch the web page for the camera.
Use the camera's web page to view IP and firmware settings, bit rate
statistics, camera exposure, day night and white balance settings, and
set up video motion detection and other analytic events.
Step 3. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings
• Device Type - Select whether the camera is a PTZ or fixed.
• PTZ Sensitivity - Select the PTZ Sensitivity for PTZ camera. Available PTZ
options are: Minimum, Low, Normal, High and Maximum.

Note: The PTZ Sensitivity field is not available for fixed cameras.
Step 4. Under General > 360 Settings

Note: If Camera Type is OnCam Grandeye Fisheye (OnCam-GE-***-Fisheye), the 360

Settings tab does not display Enable Panamorph, Immervision settings and shows
Enable Dewarping, OnCam Grandeye settings.
• Enable Panamorph: Select the Enable Panomorph check box to enable the
Panomorph feature.
• Mounting position: Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to
choose from: Wall, Ceiling, and Ground.
• Modes: Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are PTZ Mode,
Quad Mode, and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is PTZ Mode

176 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 •Lens ID: Select the Lens ID for the camera. The supported lens ids from v3.5
or later are A0**V, A0IFV, A0NKV, A1UST, A8TRT, B0QQV, B4QQV, B5SST,
B6SST and B8QQT. By default AO**V Lens
Caution: Only Immervision certified camera models can support this feature enabled. Before
configuring this feature, please check whether your camera has the Panomorph lens.

Note:
• To view live video from Immervision certified cameras, Refer Video Viewing
Options from Immervision Enabled Cameras section in MAXPRO NVR
Operator’s Guide.
• The recommended Aspect Ratio for Immervision Certified cameras is 4:3.

Note:
• Enable Dewarping: Select the Enable Dewarping check box to enable the
dewarping feature for OnCam Grandeye fisheye cameras.
• Mounting position: Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to
choose from: Wall, Ceiling, and Ground.
• Modes: Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are Virtual
camera view, Panorama 2x180 views, Panorama 1x360 view and Panorama
1x180 view.

Note: To view live video from OnCam Grandeye cameras, Refer Video Viewing Options from
OnCam Grandeye Cameras section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide.

Step 5. Under General > Preference > Stream Preference Settings

• Live - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to use for
streaming live video.
• Continuous - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
record continuously.
• Event Recording - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want
to record on events.
• Mobile/Web - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
use for streaming in Mobile/Web application.
• Anonymization Algorithm: Select the preferred algorithm option to
anonymize the live video scene based on the environment.The available
options are:
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.
• High Resolution - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want
to categorize as High Resolution stream.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 177

 • Low Resolution - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want
to categorize as Low Resolution stream.

Note: The stream selected as Low Resolution settings will be used in SMART VMD.
• Multicast Enabled - Select this check box to enable the Multicast feature for
the camera. After selecting the check box enter the following details:
• Multicast Address: Type the Multicast IP address.
• Multicast Port: Type the Multicast IP Port number.
Step 6. Under Primary Stream > Recording > Video Quality Settings
• Resolution - The Resolution is defaulted to a fixed value based on the camera
model (for example, HD3MDIP model defaults to 1280 x 720 resolution).
• Frame Rate - Select the FPS for a camera. FPS refers to the number of
pictures displayed in exactly one second. FPS is a measure of how much
information is used to store and display motion video. The term applies to
digital video. Each frame is a still image; displaying frames in quick
succession creates the illusion of motion.

Note: 30 FPS is the maximum frame rate in NTSC format and 25 FPS is the maximum frame
rate in PAL format supported by MAXPRO NVR.

Ensure that you set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and
secondary stream for Live which is 4CIF. See Recommended stream Settings section for
more information.

You can set the Bit rate value in the specific camera web page.
• Video Codec Type - Select the Codec type for the camera. The available
options are H.264, H.265 and MJPEG. H.265 cameras can render in both
CPU and GPU modes. To know about improvised GPU rendering capability,
To know about improvised GPU rendering capability, see Improved GPU
Rendering section on page 242 section.

Limitations of H.265 Codec Type:

• H.265 is not supported in MAXPRO Mobile app
• H.265 is not supported in Web client.

Note: Only HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G, HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D

and HDZ302DIN model cameras support H.265 Codec type.
• Compression Level - The Compression Level is defaulted to “Medium”. You
can select a new Compression ratio as applicable.
• GOP - The GOP is defaulted to “5”. Type a new GOP as applicable. Group of
Pictures (GOP) are individual frames (number of pictures) that are grouped
together and played back for viewing. A GOP consists of “IFrame” picture
type that represents a fixed image independent of other picture types. Each
GOP begins with this type of picture.

178 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Video Format - Select the Video Format (NTSC or PAL). The NTSC and PAL
are the widely used video formats.
• Streaming Mode - The Streaming Mode is defaulted to UDP. You can select
TCP streaming mode as applicable. The Streaming Mode is supported only
for specific models of Honeywell, AXIS and ONVIF Cameras.
• Continuous - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event - Select the FPS for Event based recording.
Live/Recording Quality can be varied by controlling GOP. The formula for this is
calculated as follows: Recording Quality resulting FPS = Live FPS/(GOP*I Frame
Number for recording).
For example, in the following table if Live FPS is configured as “30” and Continu-
ous recording is set to record “Every I frame” and Event recording is set to “Same as
Live” with GOP value set to “5”, the result is 6 FPS continuous recording quality and
30 FPS event recording quality.

Note: GOP value below 5 may not be achieved from all the cameras.

• Enable Edge Sync- This option is supported for Profile-G compliant cameras
and used for checking whether the camera is really Profile-G compliant.
Click the Get Configuration button, if the camera is a Profile-G compliant
camera then the Get Configuration button disappears and Enable Edge
Sync check box is enabled. Select the check box and then Sync/view the
recordings using Edge Sync Settings option from the Systems tab.
If the camera is not Profile-G compliant then NVR application displays Edge
Sync not supported or enabled for this device message at the bottom.
Step 7. If audio is supported for the camera then Enable Audio check is
displayed. Select the check box to enable audio. 1-way audio (camera to
NVR) is supported for specific IP cameras. Please visit URL: http://
www.security.honeywell.com/hota/ for the compatibility list and the
models supported.

Note: Profile-G compliant camera time should be in sync with NVR time.
Ensure you configure the NTP server to avoid Time Sync related issues.
Step 8. Under Primary Stream > Schedules:
• Recording Settings:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 179

 • Continuous Recording - All cameras added are defaulted to “24/7”
recording. You can choose a different option from the drop-down list.
• Event Based Recording - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to do motion/event based recording.
• Recording Deletion Settings:
• Type the required number (Days) for the Continuous Recording video
deletion duration.
• Type the required number (Days) for the Event Recording video deletion
duration.

Note: If user is upgrading from 6.0 to 6.3 then whatever value user selected in 6.0 will be
converted to days in 6.3. Similarly if user un installs 6.3 then the value entered is
mapped to nearest bigger number in the drop down list.
• Archive Recording Older Than:
• Continuous - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the continuous recording.
• Event - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the event recording.
• Delete Archived Recording After:
• Continuous Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of
days from the drop-down after which the archived continuous recording can
be deleted.
• Event Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of days
from the drop-down after which the archived event recording can be deleted.
Step 9. Under Primary Stream > Preferences > Stream Preferences Settings. See
step 5 for more information.
Step 10. Click Save.

Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings

The Auto Discovery Settings enable you to select the IP address range for discov-
ery, set the video format (NTSC/PAL), username and password of a camera as it is
being added to the NVR from the Discovery window. The Username and Password
set for the camera in MAXPRO NVR must match the username and password on
the camera (actual device) to stream video into MAXPRO NVR. See the Figure .

Note: Auto Discovery Settings are only applicable for Honeywell, AXIS and ONVIF cameras.

180 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Auto Discovery Window

To configure the Auto Discovery Settings

• On the Camera page, click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery
screen appears. Perform the following:
• Under Select the IP Address range for discovery, type and set the IP address
in From and To fields.
• Under Settings, select “NTSC” or “PAL” from Video Format list.
• Under Set camera credentials
• Type a Username for the camera.
• Type a Password for the camera.

Note: You cannot edit the Camera Type field. The cameras credentials settings provides the
username and password for Honeywell (for models already added in NVR database),
AXIS (for models already added in NVR database) and ONVIF cameras discovery and
addition. If a Honeywell or AXIS ONVIF model that is not already added in NVR
database is discovered, then the camera credentials set for ONVIF is used for
discovery and addition. You can find all the models that are already added in NVR
database by checking the models listed in the Camera Type drop-down in the Camera
tab.
• Click Apply to save the changes or click Reset to clear the information
entered. The username and password entered is applicable for all NTSC or
PAL cameras. However, the username and password can be changed while
configuring a particular camera.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 181

Adding Additional Streams for a Camera
MAXPRO NVR V4.0 supports adding multiple streams for a single camera. The
number of streams that can be added depends on the model of the camera. You
can also configure each stream for a specific device based on your need. For exam-
ple you can configure the first stream for Live recording and the second stream for
event based recording. Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encoders.

Note: It is not recommended to add Encoder/Multi-channel video stream across NEO

storage.
To configure the additional streams for a camera

Step 1. Click the Camera tab, the camera page is displayed with the list of cam-
eras discovered.

Step 2. For the required camera, click on the left corner, the camera
properties pane is displayed see the Figure .
Step 3. Click the Add Stream button, an additional stream (Stream 2) is added
see the Figure .

Adding Stream

Note:
• Based on the type of camera the Add Stream button is enabled/disabled. If
the camera supports additional streams then the Add Stream button is
enabled. You can add streams until the button is enabled.
• System stream limit is 128. This is the maximum number of streams that can
be added including multi-stream for cameras and multi-channel encoders
or multi-imager 180/360 cameras. Multistream or Dual stream is not
supported for encoders.

Note:

182 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 4. Under Stream 2:
• Type the required Name for the additional stream.
• Select Enable Stream check box to enable the stream Or clear the check box
to disable this stream.
Step 5. For the Stream 2 Recording, Schedules, Preference settings, repeat step 6
through step 10 of Configuring the Camera Properties section on page 176.
Similarly you can add and configure multiple streams for a camera.

Note: Ensure that the Resolution and FPS should match with the Camera and the NVR
secondary stream settings, else live video can not be displayed.

Ensure that you set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and
secondary stream for Live which is 4CIF. See Recommended stream Settings section for
more information.

You can set the Bit rate value in the specific camera web page.

Deleting Additional Streams

Step 1. For the required camera, click on the left corner, the camera proper-
ties pane is displayed see the Figure .

Note: If an additional stream is added then only the Delete Stream button is enabled.
Step 2. Click the required stream tab (For example Stream 1, 2, 3) and then click
the Delete Stream button. A confirmation message Do you really want to
delete the stream? is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Step 3. Click Yes to delete Or click No to cancel. If you delete the primary stream
then all the configured child streams will be deleted.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 183

Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras
The third party ONVIF and AXIS cameras that are discovered in the MAXPRO NVR
user interface do not display the model name. However, the Camera Type field
associated to the ONVIF and AXIS cameras displays “ONVIF DEVICE” and “No
Streamer Type” in the Camera Discovered pane on the Auto Discovery screen.

Camera Type field displaying “ONVIF DEVICE” for a ONVIF camera

You must add the discovered camera(s) using the Add Cameras button to view the
model name(s). After adding the camera(s), you can view the model name(s) from
the Camera Type
drop-down list in the left pane of the Camera page.
AXIS and ONVIF cameras also support the TCP and UDP based streaming modes.
You can choose the required streaming mode during the configuration depending
upon what camera supports.
Tip: To discover and configure the AXIS Camera/Encoders as an ONVIF device in MAXPRO NVRs, see
Appendix B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF) section
on page 425.

To add third party ONVIF cameras in MAXPRO NVR through Auto Discovery

Step 1. In the Camera page, click the Auto Discovery button. After the discovery
select the required check boxes of third party ONVIF cameras.
Step 2. Under Settings, select the Video Format from the drop-down list.
Step 3. Under Set camera credentials, type the User Name and Password of the
third party ONVIF camera.
Step 4. Click Save.
Step 5. Click the Add Cameras button to add the camera.
Tip: After adding a third party ONVIF camera model using Auto Discovery, you can also manually add a
new third party ONVIF camera. Click the Manual Add button located at the bottom of the Camera page and
then select the model from the Camera Type drop-down list.

184 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Adding ONVIF devices manually when Auto discovery is not supported
MAXPRO NVR v3.5 or later supports manual addition of ONVIF cameras and
encoders with the support of additional device types - ONVIF DEVICE (for cameras)
and ONVIF ENCODER DEVICE (for encoders).
To manually add ONVIF devices in MAXPRO NVR when Auto Discovery is not sup-
ported

Note: Manual addition is recommended only when auto discovery is not supported in case
of camera/encoder streaming across subnets.

Step 1. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added in the camera pane.
• From the Camera Type drop-down list, select the required ONVIF DEVICE
(for cameras) or ONVIF 1/4/8/16 CHANNEL ENCODER DEVICE (for
encoders) option.
Step 2. Type the Camera Name and IP Address.
Step 3. Type the User Name and Password of the ONVIF device.
Step 4. Under camera properties pane, configure the General and Primary
Stream settings.

Note: For streaming to start, the (Resolution and FPS) in camera properties pane should be
set to match the values supported by the camera/encoder.
Step 5. Click Save.

Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders

An Encoder connects to an analog camera using a coaxial cable and converts ana-
log video streams to digital video streams, which can be sent over an IP network.
Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encoders.
Each encoder varies based on the number of channels (cameras) supported.
Please visit URL: http://www.security.honeywell.com/hota/ for the most up to date
list of encoders supported by MAXPRO NVR.
MAXPRO NVR automatically discovers its supported encoders and displays them
in the Camera Discovered pane as shown below.

Note: It is not recommended to add Encoder/Multi-channel video stream across NEO

storage.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 185

 .

Encoder discovery

The encoder is discovered as a single device in the Cameras Discovered pane, and
“n” number of cameras (where n is the number of channels supported by the
encoder) are added under Camera as shown in the following figure.

Note:
• For AXIS encoders, n+1 streams are typically added (might vary by models)
with 1 additional stream providing the matrix view of all cameras. This matrix
view added can be deleted if it is not required by the user.
To discover and configure the AXIS Camera/Encoders as an ONVIF device in
MAXPRO NVRs, see Appendix B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and
Configuration (using ONVIF) section on page 425.

• For multi-channel encoders and multi-imager 180/360 cameras with single

IP, only one channel license is consumed. Maximum System limit is 64
cameras including, the cameras connected through encoders and the
cameras/streams connected from the multi-imager is 180/360 cameras.
Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encoders.

Note:

186 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Adding the Encoder

Note: The Video Channel Number field can be modified, but it is recommended that you do
not change the information in this field.

Adding FLIR Camera

The FLIR cameras are not discovered automatically in MAXRPRO NVR; hence you
must add these cameras manually. The IP address of the FLIR camera should
include the port number 8081 (default ONVIF port used by camera). For example:
xxx.xxx.xxx:8081.
To add FLIR Camera in MAXPRO NVR

Step 1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays
by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
Step 3. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added under Camera list.
Step 4. Type the required Camera Name.
Step 5. Type the IP Address of the camera as shown in figure. The IP address
should include the Port number 8081. For example if the IP address is
111.221.0.333 then you should add the port number (8081) as
111.222.0.333:8081.
Step 6. Select the required FLIR Series model camera from the Camera Type
drop-down list as shown below ( the Figure ) for example FLIR F-Series).

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 187

 Adding FLIR Model Camera
Step 7. Scroll right to manually type the User Name and Password. The default
user name is admin and password is admin.
Step 8. Click Save.

Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders

Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) is a control protocol for streaming video over
the Internet. It allows you to select the TCP or UDP based streaming modes
depending upon what the camera supports. For the camera type “Generic RTSP”,
you must specify the following RTSP setting.

RTSP Settings

188 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Type the RTSP URL. Click for help on RTSP URLs format that can be
assigned to different camera types.

Note: The Help that opens lists only a few manufacturers. Most cameras are RTSP, and all
RTSP third party cameras can be configured. If the RTSP URL format for a particular
camera type is not listed in the Help, then the URL format can be obtained from the
camera manufacturer.
• Click Get Configuration to get the resolution and compression format for the
camera.
• For RTSP, all settings such as FPS must be configured on the camera web
page, and the default port 554 must be used.
• If “Get Configuration” fails, a message appears to choose the compression
and resolution. You must go to the Camera web page and set both of them,
and then configure the same settings in MAXPRO NVR.
Step 9. Click Save.
Tip: If a particular camera is not discovered by the system, you can add it manually by clicking Manual
Add.

Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera

Most IP cameras have a monitor input and a control output that can be configured.
For example the input of the camera could be connected to a motion detector and
the output of the camera to a door opener. Once configured, movement detected at
the door would trigger the door to be opened. For electrical characteristics of the
input and output refer to the camera documentation.
In MAXPRO NVR, the inputs and outputs of a camera are configured by default in
the database while adding a camera if the integration supports it (Refer to compat-
ibility list on HOTA for the models with support for IO with MAXPRO NVR and the
no of IOs supported by each model). MAXPRO NVR has a specialized interface that
lists the inputs and outputs associated to the configured cameras.
To configure input and output

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page ( the Figure ) displays by
default.
Step 2. Click the I/O tab.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 189

 IO page
Step 3. The Input(s) pane lists the inputs for the configured cameras. Select the
appropriate options in the fields as explained in the following table.

Field Description
Global Event ID Unique event ID
Name External input name.
Enable/Disable Enables or Disables the input.
Camera Displays the associated camera name.
State (CLOSED/ The default option is CLOSED.
OPEN)
Defines the normal (non-alarm or non-active) state
of the input. For example a normally closed input
would have its input terminal normally connected
to common or ground. To activate the normally
closed input, the input needs to be opened (con-
nection to ground or common removed). For exam-
ple: A magnetic door switch raises alarm if the
contacts are open when the door opens.
Record (No/Yes) The default option is No. If set to Yes recording will
starts when an input is activated.

Note Recording is based on the time you set under System tab
> Event recording settings. You can specify the Pre-event
time and Record For time to record the video.

190 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Field Description
Trigger (NONE/ The default option is NONE. If a control output is
ControlOutput) selected, then the selected output is activated when
the corresponding input activates.

Note A cameras input can only activate the same cameras

output.

Send Alarm Monitor The default option is No. If set to YES, video will pop
(NO/YES) up in the viewer when an input is activated. Ensure
that "Display Video on Alarm" check box is selected
in the MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box.

Step 4. The Output(s) pane lists the outputs for the configured cameras. Select
the appropriate options in the fields as explained in the following table.
Or you can also access the Output tab in Viewer screen.

Field Description
Output Num- Control output number.
ber
Name Control output name.
State The default option is OPEN.
(CLOSED/
OPEN) Defines the normal (non-alarm or non-active) state of
the output relay contacts.
Camera Displays the associated camera name.
ON/OFF Manual control of the output. Click ON to close the relay
contacts. Click OFF to open the relay contacts.

Step 5. In the Output(s) pane, select an output and then click On to turn on the
relay manually or Click Off to turn off the relay manually.
Step 6. Click Save or click Reset to undo the changes.
To trigger the output from viewer screen:

Step 1. Click the Viewer tab.

Step 2. On the left pane, click Outputs tab, the list of camera outputs are
displayed in Sites.
Step 3. Right-click the required camera output and then set ON or OFF.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 191

Configuring 360/180 Cameras
Configuring the Panomorph Settings for the Cameras with Immervision Support
ImmerVision’s Panomorph lens enables 360 degree Field of View (FOV). This lens is
compatible with industry standard analog and IP cameras.
By using the Panomorph lens with your IP/ Analog camera, you can:
• View live, record and playback the complete 360x180 FOV.
• Eliminate blind spots in the FOV.
• Increase the video surveillance coverage.
• Detect, track and analyze throughout the entire area.
• Playback the recorded video with digital watermark for evidence purposes.
Caution: Only Immervision certified camera models can support this feature enabled. Before
configuring this feature, please check whether your camera has the Panomorph lens.

To configure Panomorph settings

Step 1. On the Camera page, for the required camera, click on the left corner
to open the camera properties pane see the Figure .

Panomorph Settings
Step 2. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Enable Panomorph check box to enable the Panomorph feature.
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall,
Ceiling, and Ground.

192 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are PTZ Mode, Quad
Mode, and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is PTZ Mode.
• Select the Lens ID for the camera. The supported lens ids in v3.5 or later are
A0**V, A0IFV, A0NKV, A1UST, A8TRT, B0QQV, B4QQV, B5SST, B6SST and
B8QQT. By default AO**V Lens ID is selected. For Sony 360 camera the
A8TRT lens ID is selected automatically.
Step 3. Click Save.

Note:
• To view live video from Immervision certified cameras, Refer Video Viewing
Options from Immervision Enabled Cameras section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide.
• The recommended Aspect Ratio for Immervision Certified cameras is 4:3.

Configuring Oncam Grandeye Cameras

The integration of the unique 360-degree Oncam Grandeye H.264 IP cameras in
MAXPRO NVR enables video surveillance, acquisition and tracking that identifies
suspicious behavior enabling the interrogation and verification of a potential
threat. This in-turn provides the necessary intelligence needed to make a mea-
sured response to any critical situation. Grandeye’s customized security solutions
are designed to address to meet all of today's security and liability requirements.
MAXPRO NVR supports only Oncam Grandeye H.264 Evolution camera.
The Evolution series cameras support the following views, that help in effective
video surveillance of a site:
• Evolution - FishEye(OnCam-GE-Evo-Fisheye)
• Virtual Camera View
• Panorama 2x 180 views
• Panorama 1x 360 view
• Panorama 1x 180 view

Adding Oncam Grandeye Cameras

The Oncam Grandeye cameras are not discovered automatically in MAXRPRO
NVR, hence you must add these cameras manually.

Note: For Evolution cameras, please first set the active camera stream (resolution) on the
camera web page. Select the same settings as camera active stream in the NVR-
camera properties pane for video to be displayed.
To add Oncam Grandeye cameras

Step 1. On the Camera page, click Manual Add.

Step 2. Enter the following information:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 193

 • Camera Name
• IP address
• Camera Type
• User Name - Type the default user name, “admin”.
• Password - Type the default password, “admin”.
• Device Stream Number (Defaulted)
• Unique System Number
• Stream Count (Defaulted)

Step 3. Click to open the camera properties pane see the Figure .:

Grandeye Dewarping Settings

Step 4. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Enable Dewarping check box to enable the dewarping settings.

Note: For the streamers other than GrandEye, the Enable Panorama options are not visible.
• Select the Mounting Position. The available options are Wall, Ceiling and
Ground.
• Select the Modes. The available options are Virtual Camera View, Panorama
2x 180 views, Panorama 1x 360 view, and Panorama 1x 180 view. The
Mounting Position and Modes are only applicable to Evolution cameras.
Step 5. Click Save.

194 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras
Evolution camera works best when configured with a particular resolution and fps.
See the Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras section on page 409 in
Appendix B for the optimum resolution and fps configurations for each of the cam-
eras.

Viewing Live Video from Oncam Grandeye Cameras

Refer Video Viewing Options from Oncam Grandeye Cameras section in MAXPRO®
NVR Operator’s Guide.

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras

See Appendix B, Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras section on page 409.

Adding Axis 360/180 Camera

To add Axis 360/180 camera

Note: v3.1 SP1 or later supports discovering and adding Axis 360/180 models. Earlier
these were supported through RTSP only in v3.1 or lower versions.

Step 1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays
by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
Step 3. Click Auto Discovery button. The Auto Discovery screen is displayed and
the discovery starts by default.
• If discovery is stopped then click Start Discovery to discover the cameras in
the network. The cameras are added based on the IP range and Video Format
settings. See the Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 180 for more
information. Only device integrations with auto discovery support are
discovered automatically in the NVR. All other devices need to be added
manually. For Axis M3007-PV and M3027-PVE model cameras, ONVIF
should be enabled on the camera prior to discovery. see Appendix B,
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF) section
on page 425.
Step 4. After the discovery, to add the Axis 360/180 camera models, select the
check boxes of Axis 360/180 camera model as shown in the Figure . Axis
360/180 cameras are listed in the discovery pane with their model
numbers for example Axis M3007 and so on.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 195

 Discovering AXIS 360 Camera
Step 5. Click Add Cameras. A message Do you want to add the remaining analog
channels to the system? is displayed at the bottom of the screen as
shown in the Figure .

Adding Remaining Axis Channels

196 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. Click Yes to add the remaining channels. The list of channels associated
with the camera is added in the Camera list as shown in the Figure .

AXIS Channels

Note: Depending on the mounting position, the Axis 360/180 camera (this does not apply
to AXIS multi-imager cameras) supports eight or less video streams with one stream
per channel added. Each channel added consumes 1 channel license. For Encoders
if you add 4 channels then it will consumes 1 channel license.
By default, the Axis 360/180 camera adds eight channels under camera list covering
below views. Views which are not required for your specific application can be deleted.
To reclaim the used channel license, select the specific channel in the list and then
click Delete.
1. Overview: A non-dewarped 360° view
2. Panorama: One dewarped 180° panoramic view
3. Double Panorama: Two dewarped 180° panoramic views (Not available when the
camera is mounted on a wall)
4. Quad View: Four dewarped 90° views, one for each direction (Not available when
the camera is mounted on a wall)
5. View Area 1: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
6. View Area 2: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
7. View Area 3: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
8. View Area 4: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality

Adding Arecont 360/180 Camera

To add Arecont 360/180 Camera in MAXPRO NVR

Note:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 197

 • v3.1 SP1 or later supports discovering and adding certain Arecont 360/180
model cameras. These were supported through RTSP only in v3.1 or lower
versions.
• For multi-channel encoders and multi-imager 180/360 cameras with single
IP, only one channel license is consumed. Maximum System limit is 64
cameras including, the cameras connected through encoders and the
cameras/streams connected from the multi-imager is 180/360 cameras.

Note:

Step 1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays
by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
Step 3. Click Auto Discovery button. The Auto Discovery screen is displayed and
the discovery starts by default. If discovery is stopped then click Start
Discovery to discover the cameras in the network. The cameras are added
based on the IP range and Video Format settings. See the Configuring the
Auto Discovery Settings section on page 180 for more information.
Step 4. After the discovery, to add the Arecont 360/180 camera models, select
the check boxes corresponding to Arecont 360/180 camera models as
shown in the figure Adding Arecont 360 Model Camera.

Note: Arecont 360/180 cameras are listed in the discovery pane with their model numbers
for example AV8365DN-F8.

Adding Arecont 360 Model Camera

198 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 5. Click Add Camera. A message Do you want to add the remaining analog
channels to the system? is displayed at the bottom of the screen as
shown below.

Adding Remaining Arecont channels

Step 6. Click Yes to add the remaining analog channels. The list of channels
associated with the Arecont 360 camera is added in the Camera list as
shown below. By default the Arecont 360 camera adds four channels
under camera list.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 199

 Arecont Channels

Configuring the New EquIP Model Camera for Dewarping

To dewarp the New EquIP model camera

Step 1. Add the New EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1) camera.

Step 2. On the Camera page, for the New EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1)
camera, click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane.

EquIP- Fisheye camera Settings

Step 3. Under General > 360 Settings, select the Enable check box to enable the
dewarping feature.
Step 4. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall,
Ceiling, and Ground. Based on the mounting position the views are
displayed.
Step 5. Click the Get Configuration button. The dewarping configuration takes a
while to download the dewarping configuration. A message Successfully
downloaded configuration is displayed in the bottom of the camera
screen.
Note: For each Mounting Position, you need to click Get Configuration button to download
the corresponding configuration.

200 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Dewarping Success Message
Step 6. After successful download of configuration, click Save.
Step 7. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall,
Ceiling, and Ground. Based on the mounting position the views are
displayed.
• Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are FishEye Mode,
Quad Mode, and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is FishEye Mode.

Note: Based on the Mounting Position the modes/views are displayed.

• Lens ID for the camera is disabled.
Step 8. Click Save to complete the configuration.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 201

 Step 9. In Viewer, drag and drop the EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1) camera
and then right-click to view the Dewarping options as shown below. For
various Dewarped views refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide.

Dewarped Views List

Managing Analog Cameras

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid now supports Analog Capture card through which you can
connect up to 16 analog cameras. Refer to MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections section on
page 90 that depict the MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE, XE and PE box with analog cap-
ture card.

Adding/Deleting Analog Cameras

Step 1. Connect the required number of cameras manually to analog capture
card. The maximum number of analog cameras can be connected is 16.
Step 2. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.

202 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page. All analog cameras that
are pre-configured in the factory image appear in the Camera page when
you first open it.

Adding or Deleting Analog Camera

Step 4. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added in the camera pane.
• Under Camera Type - Displays the type of camera. Select the Analog Capture
Card option to add analog cameras.
To delete Analog Camera

Step 1. Select the required analog camera channel check box.

Step 2. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears “Do you really want to
delete camera(s)”
Step 3. Click Yes to delete.

Configuring Analog Cameras

Pre-requisite to configure analog cameras: Ensure that you connect the required
number of cameras manually to the analog capture card and then perform the
below steps.
To configure analog cameras

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 203

 Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.

Camera page

Note: All analog cameras that are pre-configured in the factory image appear in the Camera
page when you first open it.
Step 3. Under the Camera pane, select a camera to change the default
parameters for the following settings.
• Enable/Disable - Enables or disables a camera for recording and live video.
By default the check box corresponding to a camera to enable live video
preview is selected. To disable live video preview, clear the check box
corresponding to a camera. The live video appears under Video Preview at
the bottom right corner of the Camera page.
• Number - Displays the camera number. You cannot modify the camera
number.

Note: Analog channels must have Number field value of 1 to 32, please add and configure
all the analog channels required before adding other devices.
• Camera Name - Displays the camera name. You can type a new camera
name limited to a maximum of 50 alphanumeric characters.
• IP Address - This is -.- by default for analog cameras. You can provide any
valid IP if required.
• Camera Type - Displays the type of camera. Select the Analog Capture Card
option to add analog cameras.
• User Name: Displays the default user name, “Admin” for the camera. You can
type a new user name for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the
user has been changed on the camera.

204 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Password: Displays the password, if any, for the camera. You can type a new
password for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the password has
been changed on the camera.
• Device Stream No: Displays the channel ID. You cannot modify this field.
• Unique System No: Display the unique camera ID. You can modify and
assign a new number as applicable.
• Stream Count: Displays the number of streams associated with the camera.
Analog cameras does not support additional streams. By default it displays
1.
Tip: Based on the Analog Capture Card model, system will prompt a message to
add all supported channels by default. Click Yes to add all supported channels or
No to add only 1 channel.

Step 4. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera
properties pane see the Figure .

Camera properties pane

Note: The camera properties pane is disabled when there are no cameras available in the
system.
Step 5. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings
• Device Type - Select whether the camera is a PTZ or Fixed. By default, ACUIX
cameras are PTZ enabled. See Advanced PTZ Settings
• PTZ Sensitivity - Select the PTZ Sensitivity for PTZ camera. Available PTZ
options are: Minimum, Low, Normal, High and Maximum.

Note: The PTZ Sensitivity field is not available for fixed cameras.
Step 6. Under Primary Stream > Recording > Video Quality Settings

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 205

 • Resolution - The Resolution is defaulted to a fixed value based on the camera
model (for example, HD3MDIP model defaults to 1280 x 720 resolution).
• Frame Rate - Select the FPS for a camera. FPS refers to the number of
pictures displayed in exactly one second. FPS is a measure of how much
information is used to store and display motion video. The term applies to
digital video. Each frame is a still image; displaying frames in quick
succession creates the illusion of motion.

Note: 30 FPS is the maximum frame rate in NTSC format and 25 FPS is the maximum frame
rate in PAL format supported by MAXPRO NVR.
• Video Codec Type - Select the Codec type for the camera.
• Compression Level - The Compression Level is defaulted to “Medium”. You
can select a new Compression ratio as applicable.
• GOP - The GOP value is proportional to Frame Rate value. If you set the
Frame Rate value as 15 then the GOP value is updated to 15. You can also
type a new GOP as applicable.
Group of Pictures (GOP) are individual frames (number of pictures) that are
grouped together and played back for viewing. A GOP consists of “IFrame”
picture type that represents a fixed image independent of other picture
types. Each GOP begins with this type of picture.

Note: It is recommended to maintain the same GOP value as Frame Rate value.
• Video Format - Select the Video Format (NTSC or PAL). The NTSC and PAL
are the widely used video formats.
• Streaming Mode - The Streaming Mode is defaulted to UDP. You can select
TCP streaming mode as applicable. The Streaming Mode is supported only
for AXIS and ONVIF Cameras.
• Continuous - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event - Select the FPS for Event based recording.
Step 7. Click Video Display Settings. The Color Correction dialog box appears.

Note: The Video Display Settings feature is available only on the desktop local client on the
NVR Hybrid Server machine.

206 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Color Correction dialog box
Step 8. Under Video Display Settings
• Move the slider right or left to increase or decrease the Brightness, Contrast,
Hue, Saturation U and Saturation V.
Or
Type the required value in the respective boxes to adjust the video display
settings.
Or
Click Default to set the default values.
Step 9. Click Save to save the display settings.
Step 10. Under Primary Stream > Schedules
• Recording Settings:
• Continuous Recording - All cameras added are defaulted to “24/7”
recording. You can choose a different option from the drop-down list.
• Event Based Recording - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to do motion based recording.
• Recording Deletion Settings:
• Select the Event Recording clip deletion duration.
• Select the Continuous Recording clip deletion duration.
• Archive Recording Older Than:
• Continuous - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the continuous recording.
• Event - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the event recording.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 207

 • Delete Archived Recording After:
• Continuous Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of
days from the drop-down after which the archived continuous recording can
be deleted.
• Event Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of days
from the drop-down after which the archived event recording can be deleted.
Step 11. Under Primary Stream > Preferences > Stream Preferences Settings. See
step 5 for more information.
Step 12. Click Save.

PTZ Settings for Analog Camera

MAXPRO NVR now supports the advanced PTZ settings for an analog PTZ camera.

Note: Advanced PTZ settings are available only for analog PTZ cameras.
To set the PTZ settings

Step 1. Select the required analog PTZ camera from the camera pane.

Step 2. Click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane.

Camera properties pane

Step 3. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings
• Device Type - Select the camera as a PTZ camera. The PTZ settings are
displayed.
• Select the PTZ Protocol. Available PTZ Protocol options are VCL, Pelco P,
Pelco D, Maxpro, GE Kalatel.

Note: Vicon protocol is not supported in this release.

208 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Select the required Baud Rate. Available Baud Rates options are 110,
300,600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 38400, 56000, 57600,
115200, 128000, 256000.
• Select the Parity. Available Parity options are ODD and EVEN
• Type the Hardware ID, if the analog camera type is a PTZ camera. The
hardware ID is based on the PTZ Protocol.
• Select the PTZ Sensitivity for a PTZ camera. Available PTZ options are: Low,
Normal, High and Maximum.
• Select the COM Port name. Available COM Port names options are COM 1
and NONE For Hybrid PE, COM Port names are COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4
and NONE. Select COM 4 for analog PTZ control.
• Select the Stop Bits. Available stop bits options are 1 and 2.
• Select the Data Bits. Available data bits options are 7 and 8.
Step 4. Click Save.

Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera

The input and output hardware configuration for an analog camera in MAXPRO
NVR Hybrid is configured by default and when you add an analog camera, then by
default the camera is mapped to their respective input and output ports. The first
input/output port is mapped to the first camera, similarly the second camera is
mapped to the second input/output port of the box and so on. The input output
combinations cannot be mapped to any other analog or IP camera other than the
default configuration.
The below figures depicts the typical input and output ports (Highlighted in Red)
and RS-485 connectors for MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE and PE Box. The SENSOR
is the input port and CONTROL is the output port for both Hybrid XE (See the fig-
ure Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE) and SE Box (See the fig-
ure Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE). The detailed input and
output ports for NVR Hybrid PE box is shown in Input and Output Ports For
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 209

210 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide
 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 211

 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE

212 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE Rear View

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 213

 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE

Spot Monitoring
The Spot Monitoring feature allows you to view the live video of analog cameras
from the box. You need to connect a physical monitor to the RCA port on Hybrid
boxes to view the live video.

Server VMD (SMART VMD)

Video Motion Detection (VMD) is a built-in intelligent feature that enables you to
configure motion detection for the live video streamed by MAXPRO NVR using its
connected cameras. Configuring motion detection involves defining one or more
Region of Interest (ROI) in the field of view. Regions are drawn in the field of view to
specify where the motion should be detected or excluded.

214 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 The Server VMD running on the MAXPRO NVR provides superior performance
comparing to regular VMD, due to its capability to differentiate real object motion
from:
• Image or camera noises
• Irrelevant motion due to weather (example: rain, snow)
• Lighting changes
Few cameras have built-in VMD capabilities. There is a provision included in the
MAXPRO NVR user interface to manually configure VMD (known as Server-based
VMD) for the cameras that do not have the VMD feature built-in them.
Caution: At a time, a camera can be configured only with built-in (camera
based VMD) or the Server VMD (SMART VMD). If both are
enabled then only SMART VMD alarms will be displayed to user
and built-in (camera based VMD) alarms will be ignored.

SMART VMD-Technology Overview

SMART VMD uses the same detection module as full analytics.

SAMRT VMD Traditional VMD (Cameras and

Head-ends)
• Object based- triggers
alarms based on moving
objects. • Pixel based - compares image
• Ignores changes in pixels, detects changes with a
lighting, video noise, and single threshold.
rain. • Does not adapt to changing
• Ignores other false alarm environment.
triggers that affect pixel- • Susceptible to nuisance alarms
based VMD. from illumination changes, rain,
• Processing at lower frame moving trees.
rate, simple object
validation: low CPU
requirements.

Detection of Relevant Motion

• Statistical modeling to maintain high detection sensitivity, while filtering out
non-salient motion.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 215

 • Significant improvement over standard video motion detection.

Hig h sensitivity –
detected a car in deep
shadow.

Nuisance noise and

non-salient
movement ignored.

Detection of relevant motion

To configure SMART VMD

Note: Before enabling Server VMD for a camera configured to stream H.264 or MPEG4
video, please ensure that the GOP size is set to be smaller or equal to the stream
frame rate. For objects that do not persist in the region till the stream contains at least
1 iFrame, SMART VMD ignores as noise to reduce false alarms. Example: Insect flying
in front of a camera. It is recommended that you configure large enough regions to
capture relevant motion in the area of interest. Server VMD is not supported on 360
camera (fisheye or panomorph) views.

Step 1. Select the Enable SMART VMD check box.

Step 2. Click Configure. The SMART VMD Configuration dialog box appears (see
SMART VMD Configuration).
Step 3. Click Include Region and a new include region (in green) appears. On the
field of view, click and drag the corners of the rectangle to position and
resize the region where you want the motion to be detected. Repeat the
operation to include more regions.
Step 4. Click Exclude Region and a new exclude region (in red) appears. On the
field of view, click and drag the corners of the rectangle to position and
resize the region where you do not want motion to be detected. Repeat
the operation to exclude more regions.
Step 5. To delete a region, select the region from the Configured Regions drop-
down list, then click Delete Region.

216 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 SMART VMD Configuration

Note:
• You can draw a maximum of 10 ROIs (includes Include and Exclude regions).
• Include regions are shown as green rectangles and Exclude regions are
shown in red rectangles in the field of view.
• Each region is assigned a unique identifier number for easy identification.
• The Exclude region overwrites the Include region. No motion is detected in
the area that is inside any of the exclusion regions.

Note:
Step 6. Under Alarm Settings
• Type the Hold Time (sec). This indicates the hold time for the motion video
after the detected motion stops. When motion is detected and motion video
has started being recorded, if motion stops briefly and then resumes within
Hold Time (sec), no “Motion stopped” event is generated. This brief gap in
detected motion is ignored and motion triggered recording continues
without interruption. On the other hand, if motion stops and no new motion
is detected within Hold Time (sec), then the “Motion stopped” event is
reported. Motion triggered recording is then stopped after additional Post-
Alarm duration. The Hold Time range is 0 to 30 seconds.
• The Object Size Threshold (the minimum object size required to trigger an
alarm) is displayed as a yellow rectangle in the field of view. Click and drag
the corners of the rectangle to resize the minimum object size for motion
detection.

Note: The Object Size Threshold is a universal threshold across the entire image. By default,
the Object Size Threshold is set to the smallest size, and therefore even very small
motions trigger an alarm. This may not be appropriate for all sites and cameras, and
the yellow rectangle size should be adjusted if the default size is not adequate.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 217

 Tip: Click the Refresh Image button to refresh the video.
Step 7. Click Save to save the changes or click Cancel to abort the changes.

Updating the Cameras

You can modify the settings of a camera to change the camera name, IP address,
camera type, fixed/PTZ, advanced camera settings, and so on. You can update the
camera settings only if you have admin rights.
To update a camera

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to navigate to the Camera page. The list of cameras
configured are displayed.
Step 3. Select the row corresponding to the camera you want to modify.
Step 4. Change the settings such as camera name, IP address, and so on.
Step 5. Click Save.

Deleting the Cameras

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to navigate to the Camera page.
Step 3. Select the check box corresponding to the camera you want to delete.
Step 4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears at the bottom of the
display area.
Step 5. Click Yes. The selected camera is deleted.

Configuring the Schedules

A schedule defines the date and times when continuous recording and video ana-
lytics (motion detection) functions are enabled for a camera. You can create sched-
ules for camera(s) to record video at recurring intervals for continuous recording or
event based recording (for example, motion event). There are four default sched-
ules: 24 x 7, Weekday, DayTime, NightTime.

Creating a Schedule
You can create schedules for the camera to record video at recurring intervals.

218 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Schedule tab to navigate to the Schedule page. By default
MAXPRO NVR supports the following 4 default schedules: 24 x 7,
Weekday, DayTime, and NightTime.

Schedule page

Note: You cannot modify/delete any of the default schedules.

Step 3. Click Add to create a new schedule.
Step 4. Configure the schedule details as listed in the following table.

Type Setting
Schedule The schedule name appears by default. You can type
Name a new schedule name as applicable.
Schedule Type the schedule description.
Description

Schedule settings
Select row Select the day of the week.
From Select the from date.
To Select the to date.
Select Click Select. The schedule details entered appear
under Scheduler Settings.
Clear Click Clear to clear the information entered.

Step 5. Click Save or click Reset to undo the changes. You can create a maximum
of 50 schedules in MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 219

Deleting a Schedule
You can delete a schedule for the camera when you do not want to record video at
recurring intervals.

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Schedule tab to navigate to the Schedule page.
Step 3. Under Schedules, select the schedule you want to delete from the list. The
schedule’s details appear.
Step 4. Click Delete, and then click Yes in response to the confirmation message.

Configuring the Sequences

A sequence is a set of live video streamed one after the other from cameras for a
specified time interval. You can select the cameras or presets to be included in a
sequence and also specify the time interval for which the video from each camera
or preset must be displayed. Presets must be defined for the cameras before
including them in the sequence.

Creating a Sequence
You can create a sequence to display video that is captured from different cameras
connected to MAXPRO NVR. You can add a maximum of 50 sequences in MAXPRO
NVR.
To create a sequence

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.

Sequence page

220 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Click Add.
Step 4. Under Details
• The Sequence Name appears by default. You can type a new Sequence Name
as applicable. The Sequence Name is limited to a maximum of 18
alphanumeric characters.
• The Hold Time (Sec) box appears by default. You can type or select a new
Hold Time (Sec) for the camera to display video before advancing to the next
camera.
Step 5. Under Sequence camera Association
• Select the check box corresponding to the camera that must be included in
the sequence under the Available List, and then click >. The selected camera
appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to move all the cameras to the Associated List.
• Select the check boxes corresponding to the camera that you do not want to
include in the sequence under the Associated List and then click <. The
selected camera appears under the Available List.
• Click << to move all the cameras to the Available List.
• To include presets in the sequence, select the preset number from the drop-
down list under the Preset column next to a camera. The video from each
camera in the list is displayed sequentially.

Note: The drop-down list is not visible in the Preset column for a fixed camera.
Step 6. Click Save.

Rearranging the Cameras In the Sequence

You can rearrange the cameras and presets in the sequence. When you rearrange
them, the sequence of live video streaming from each of the cameras is altered
based on the rearrangement.
To rearrange the cameras

Step 1. Select the check box corresponding to the camera you want to rearrange
inside the sequence.
Step 2. Click Up to move the camera one row up, or click Down to move the
camera one row down.
Step 3. Click Save.

Removing Presets from a Sequence

You can remove a preset when you do not want it to be associated with a sequence.
To remove presets from a camera

Step 1. In the Preset column, do not select any preset from the drop-down list.
Step 2. Click Save.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 221

Updating a Sequence
Updating a sequence allows you to change the sequence of video display from
cameras.
To update a sequence

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.
Step 3. Select the check box corresponding to the sequence you want to update.
Step 4. You can change the sequence name, dwell time and sequence of the
cameras.
Step 5. Click Save.

Deleting a Sequence
Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.
Step 3. Select the check box corresponding to the sequence you want to delete.
Step 4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears on the top of the display
area.
Step 5. Click Yes.

Performing User Administration

A user in MAXPRO NVR is responsible for performing various operations like view-
ing video, reporting alarms, and other video surveillance tasks. You can create two
types of users in MAXPRO NVR: System Local User and Windows User.

Caution: Logon as Administrator only when an administrative activity

need to be performed, Operator is preferred for all other
activity.

System Local User

A System local user can access only MAXPRO NVR Client. This user may not have
access to a client workstation.
Windows User
A Windows user can access a client workstation and also MAXPRO NVR Client.
Users and Roles
Roles are provided to a user. These roles comprise a set of privileges. When a user is
associated to a role, the privileges that are available for the role are also assigned
to the user.

222 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 The various roles available in MAXPRO NVR are as follows:
• NVR Administrator
• Operator
• Supervisor
• Internet Operator
• Live View Operator
For MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution
The first time MAXPRO NVR is installed, two default users are created.
• admin/trinity - Non-Windows user. Honeywell recommends to create a new
NVR user (See Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use the same to
logon.
• Installed user - Windows user. You enter the credentials for this user while
installing the MAXPRO NVR software.
For MAXPRO NVR Turnkey (XE,SE,PE) Solution
There are 3 default users created for NVR turnkey units shipped with v4.0 or later
version.
• admin/trinity - Non-Windows user. Honeywell recommends to create a new
NVR user (See Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use the same to
logon.
• NVR-Admin/Password$123- Windows user.
• NVRServiceUser - Windows non-interactive user used for NVR Services.

Note: For a Windows user, Honeywell recommends to disable the default Administrator
User account and create a new Administrator User account. See Securing MAXPRO NVR
section on page 299 for more information. Logon as Administrator only when an
administrative activity need to be performed, Operator is preferred for all other
activity.
The following table lists the various user roles and the privileges applicable to the

Viewer Configurator Search Report

NVR Administrator X X X X

Operator X - - -

Supervisor X - X X

Internet Operator X - - -

Live View Operator X - - -

role.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 223

 Legend
• “X” indicates that the user’s role has access to the privilege.
• “-” indicates that the user’s role does not have access to the privilege.

Note:
• The Internet Operator role is optimized for remote monitoring at lower
bandwidths (minimum bandwidth requirements still apply to be able to
stream required video data)
• The Live View Operator role can only access live video, and does not have
access to playback operations.

Note:
When you install MAXPRO NVR for the first time, a default user named “admin” is
created. The admin user is assigned the role “NVRAdministrator”. Only the user
having “NVRAdministrator” privilege can add new users, assign roles to the added
users, add or modify the privileges to the users, and perform various configura-
tions in MAXPRO NVR.

Adding a User
You can add a user by providing a unique user name and a password. Only the
“NVR Administrator role” user can add a new user in MAXPRO NVR. You can add up
to 1024 users in MAXPRO NVR. After you add a new user, you can assign a role to it.
To add a user

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page.

224 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 User page
Step 3. Click Add. A new row is created with a default set of values for the user.
Step 4. Under the User Name column, the default user name is displayed. You
can type a new user name as applicable.
Step 5. Under the Domain column, type the Windows domain name if the user is
a Window's user and is part of a Window's domain network.
Step 6. Under the User Description column, type a description for the user.
Step 7. Under the Role column, select the role you want to assign to the user from
the drop-down list.
Step 8. Under the Password column, type the user's password.
Note: Minimum length of the password is 6 characters. While adding a User, if the password
of other users added before 3.1 release is less than 6 characters then an error
message is displayed and all passwords need to be updated to meet the minimum
requirement.
Step 9. Under the IsWindowsUser column, select the check box if the user is a
Window's user. if IS Windows user check box is selected then the
Password Never Expire check box is disabled and it cannot be cleared.
This ensures that for a Windows user the password will never expiries.
Step 10. Under the Email Address column, type the user's email address.
Step 11. Under Password Never Expires, select the check box to ensure that the
user password never expires.

Note: If IS Windows user check box is selected then the Password Never Expire check box is
disabled and it cannot be cleared. This ensures that for a Windows user the password
will never expiries.
Step 12. Under Anonymization, select the check to anonymize the live video for
the specific user. See Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) for complete
information on Anonymization feature.
Step 13. Click the Camera Association tab to associate cameras to the user.
• To associate one camera at a time, under the Available List, select a camera
and then click >. The selected camera appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all cameras to the Associated List.
• To remove an associated camera, under the Associated List, select a camera
and then click <. The selected camera appears under the Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the cameras to the Available List.
Step 14. Click the Recorder Event Association tab to associate recorder events to
the user.
• To associate one particular event, under the Available List, select the check
box corresponding to the event and then click >. The select recorder event
appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all events to the Associated List.
• To remove an event, under the Associated List, select a check box
corresponding to the event and then click <. The selected event appears
under the Available List.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 225

 • Click << to disassociate all the events to the Available List.
Step 15. Click the Input Event Association tab to associate input events to the
user.
• To associate one particular input event, under the Available List, select the
check box corresponding to the input event and then click >. The selected
input event appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all the input events to the Associated List.
• To remove an input event, under the Associated List, select a check box
corresponding to the input event and then click <. The selected input event
appears under the Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the input events to the Available List.
Step 16. Click the Camera Event Association tab to associate camera events to the
user.
• To associate one particular event, under the Available List, select the check
box corresponding to the event and then click >. The select camera event
appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all the camera events to the Associated List.
• To remove an event, under Associated List, select a check box corresponding
to the event and then click <. The selected camera event appears under the
Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the camera events to the Available List.
Step 17. Click Save to save the information.
Note: You can add a maximum of 1024 users in MAXPRO NVR.

Updating a User
You can modify the settings of a user to change the user ID, password, role,
description, IsWindowsUser flag, and email address. You can update user settings
only if you have admin rights.

Note: Minimum length of the password is 6 characters. While adding a User, if the password
of other users added before 3.1 release is less than 6 characters then an error
message is displayed and all passwords need to be updated to meet the minimum
requirement.
To update a user

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page.
Step 3. Select the check box corresponding to the user you want to modify.
Step 4. Change the settings such as user name, user description, and so on.
Step 5. Click Save.

226 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Deleting a User
You can remove a user from MAXPRO NVR. When you delete a user, all the associa-
tions made to the user are also removed.
To delete a user

Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page.
Step 3. Select the check box corresponding to the user you want to delete.
Step 4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears at the bottom of the
display area.
Step 5. Click Yes.

Recommended stream Settings

To view the video streaming in NVR you must configure the primary stream for
recording and secondary stream for live video streaming in both Camera tab and
Web Page. If the configuration in NVR camera tab and specific Camera web page is
different then the video is not displayed.
To configure the Primary and secondary stream settings:

Step 1. In NVR Camera tab, set the Primary Stream for recording that is for high
resolution.
Step 2. Set the Secondary stream for Live video streaming that is low resolution.

Note: Set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and secondary stream
for Live which is 4CIF.
Step 3. Launch the specific camera web page and then ensure that the same
camera parameters are set in web page.

Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option

Before enabling the Use Low resolution stream option in MAXPRO VMS you need
to perform the following:

Step 1. In MAXPRO NVR Camera tab > Primary/Secondary Stream > Preference,
select the Secondary stream from the Low resolution drop down.

Note: Set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and secondary stream
for Live which is 4CIF.
Step 2. In MAXPRO VMS > Preferences > Advanced Tab > Low Bandwidth Stream
Settings, select the Use Low Resolution Stream check box.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 227

 The below table explains the parameter that you can set for Primary and Secondary
Streams.

Primary /Main Stream Secondary /Sub Stream

Codec Format H.264B H.264B

Resolution 720 P VGA

(1280 x 720) (640x480)

FPS 12 5

Bit Rate Type CBR CBR

Bit Rate 640 - 720 192

Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips

Perform the steps in the order as mentioned below:
Step 1. Upgrade MAXPRO NVR
Step 2. Configure the Automatic Retry parameter values

Upgrade MAXPRO NVR

MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204:
Upgrade is supported from MAXPRO NVR v4.0 Build 87 Rev H, v4.0 Build 97 Rev B,
V4.1 Build 123 Rev B, v4.5 Build 162, MAXPRO NVR v4.7 Build 188 to MAXPRO
NVR 4.9 Build 204. This update applies to the MAXPRO Family - Turnkey NVR and
NVR Hybrid solutions (XE, SE, PE) and Software only.

Note: For unsupported lower versions, first upgrade to 4.0 87 Rev H and then apply the NVR
v4.9 Build 204 patch.

Step 1. Install the MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204.

Step 2. Navigate to C:\Program Files
(x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin\ and then access
the TrinityBackfillService.exe.config file.
Step 3. In the config file, locate Inside app setting section.
Step 4. Change the value = 1 for <add key="StreamOverTCP" value="0"/>
parameter.

Caution: If user fails to change the XML value from UDP to TCP then it
will cause multiple clips synchronization failure.

228 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Configure the Automatic Retry parameter values
To configure the Retry parameter details

Step 1. Navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\Trinity-

Framework\bin\ and then access the TrinityBackfillService.exe.config
file.
Step 2. In the config file, locate Inside app setting section and its values as
shown below.
• <add key="DownloadRetryCount" value="0"/>
• <add key="FailClip_RetryInterval" value="06:00"/>
• <add key="FailClip_RetryCount" value="3"/>
• <add key="FailClip_ConfigRefreshInterval" value="1"/>
• <add key="FailClip_StartTimeOnServiceStart" value="00:00"/>
• <add key="NoOfFailedClipsPerBatch" value="10" />
• <add key="ClipDownloadTimeoutMultiplier" value="1.5" />
Step 3. Change the values as mentioned in the below table. The values shown
below are default values and user can change based on there
requirement.

Parameter Value to change Description

"DownloadRetryCount" value="0" Immediate number of consecutive retries for a
failed clips.
"FailClip_RetryInterval" Number of Schedule retries the pooling interval.
value="06:00" The default value is set to 6 hours. For every 6 hours
once MAXPRO NVR will retry to download the failed
clips
"FailClip_RetryCount" value="3" Number of Schedule retries for automatic retry. The
default value is set to 3. For example if the clip is
failed, the first retry is attempted after 6 hours con-
secutively for 3 times.
"FailClip_ConfigRefreshInterval" This key helps user to set the configuration change
value="1" refreshing interval for above auto retry changes.
For example: FailClip_RetryInterval value change
will be activated after ConfigRefreshInterval time
reaches without service restart. The default value is
set to 1 second.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 229

 Parameter Value to change Description
"FailClip_StartTimeOnService- This key will decide from when the Fail Retry should
Start" value="00:00" start after starting the service. This is the reference
point to FailClip_RetryInterval" value. Retry opera-
tion triggers after StartTimeOnServiceStart value.
"NoOfFailedClipsPerBatch" Number of clips to retry with a given camera before
value="10" attempting the retry on another cameras. Once all
the cameras are done with retry then the control
comes back to the first camera and fetches the
number of clips mentioned for retry.
"ClipDownloadTimeoutMulti- A Multiplier factor to the Maximum Time (actual
plier" value="1.5" Clip playback duration or 10min, whichever is
higher) until that the backfill service waits to Time-
out for downloading a clip.

Step 4. Click Close to close the config file.

Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming

This feature helps user to enable recording during on demand video streaming.
Earlier only live video was supported.
For Event Based recording with ON demand streaming, Continuous Recording
Schedule option should be selected as None and Event based recording should be
configured as 24/7 with condition that there will not be pre event recording only
post event recording exists.

Note: To set event based On Demand streaming recording, Continuous Recording

Schedule option should be selected as None and Event based recording should be
configured as 24/7, However, there will not be pre event recording only post event
recording exists.

User should associate alarms to the required camera(s), prior enabling On Demand
stream option.

Step 1. Log on to MAXPRO NVR.

Step 2. Navigate to Configurator > System tab.
Step 3. Select Enable On Demand Stream check box as highlighted below.

230 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Enable On Demand
Step 4. Click Save. A message id displayed as shown below.

Note: If you enable On Demand Stream feature in Systems tab then it will be enabled for all
the camera in NVR. If you want to disable On Demand Stream feature for the required
camera then go to required camera settings > Preferences tab and then clear the On
Demand Stream check box as shown below. Click Save once done.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 231

Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)
Anonymization
Anonymization feature is to help the business owner to meet the EU GDPR compli-
ance standards easily. The objective of this feature is to hide the identifiable per-
sonal data or personal identity in a video surveillance system using masking
techniques. You can even configure the masking type based on the scene environ-
ment. This feature is specific to European union region and valid license is
required to enable this feature. Only an Administrator can use this feature and
grant access in User tab. EquIP Series cameras are supported for this feature. To
mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment, see How to Anonymize
objects based on Environment section on page 240 for more information.

The following Camera association and type of masking is supported:

• Blur
• Pixelize

Four Eye Authentication

This feature is also part of Privacy Protection setting and to meet the EU GDPR
compliance standards easily. This feature is to restrict all users in a surveillance
system to perform Playback operation. While performing playback operation at
least two people from different roles should authenticate. For an Administrator,
user authentication is not required and can do any playback operation.

232 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 For an operator user, a popup is displayed and an Administrator user or any other
User with different role needs to authenticate to perform playback operation. By
default this option is not selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable this
feature.
The following table explains the Four eye authentication based on the user and
roles:

User Authenticating User Valid

Authentication
Operator Administrator Or any other user Yes
with different role
Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

Clip Export Option

Clip export with Anonymization is supported: Anonymization feature is supported
in both Playback and Clip Export operation. Refer MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide
on how to export a clip.

Note: If a user exports a Anonymized clip then only WMV format is supported.

Licensing
Both Anonymization and Four Eye Authentication (GDPR Favored) features are
license based. Contact Honeywell Tech support, see the back cover for contact
information.
Once the license is enabled the entries for both the features are displayed in
License Management Console > Privileges screen as shown below.

License Privacy protection Settings

How to enable Anonymization

Note: To mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment, see How to Anonymize
objects based on Environment section on page 240 for more information.

At System Level
Note: Only Administrator can use this feature and provide access to an operator.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 233

 Step 1. In Configurator > System tab, navigate to Privacy Protection Setting tab.
Step 2. From the Anonymization type drop down, select the masking type. The
available options are:
• Blur: Blurs the Identifiable object
• Pixelize: Pixelizes the Identifiable object

Privacy protection Settings

At Camera Level
At camera level user can enable or disable the Anonymization based on the
requirement.

Step 1. In Configurator > Camera tab, navigate to the camera properties for the
specific camera.
Step 2. Under Primary Stream > Preference tab, select the Anonymization
Enabled check box as shown below. By default it is not selected.
Step 3. Environment: Select the preferred Environment option to anonymize the
live video scene based on the scene environment.The available options
are:
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.

234 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Anonymization Camera Level

At User level
An Administrator can enable Anonymization for a specific user in Users tab. The
corresponding user will be able to view only anonymized video.

Step 1. Navigate to Configurator > User tab.

Step 2. For the required User, select the Anonymization check box as shown
below. By default it is Enabled for all the operators.

Anonymization at User level

How to view Anonymized video

• An Administrator should have grant permission to an operator to view the
Anonymized video.
• After selecting the type of Anonymization from the drop down, drag and drop
the required camera on to the video panel. Following images displays the
types of anonymization.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 235

 For Blur

Blur View

For Pixelize

Pixelize Views

236 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to enable Four Eye Authentication
Step 1. Under Configurator > System tab, navigate to Privacy Protection Setting
tab.
Step 2. Select the Enable Four Eye Authentication check box as show below.

Note: Once this option is enabled it will be applicable to entire NVR system. By default this
check box is not selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable this feature.

Enable Four Eye

How Four Eye Authentication feature Works

For an Non Administrator user

Step 1. When an Non Administrator user tries to perform a playback operation

then the following dialog box appears on th screen.

Four Eye Authentication

Step 2. Enter the credentials of Administrator user or a User from different role.

Note: For authentication, the logged in user and the Administrator user should not be of
same role.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 237

 The following table explains the Four eye authentication based on the user and
roles

User Authenticating User Valid

Authentication
Operator Administrator Or any other user Yes
with different role
Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

Step 3. Click the Authenticate button to view the playback video. After
authentication the Four eye authenticated user and logged in user icons
are displayed on the top of the screen as highlighted below. For example:
In the below image for a test1 user, an administrator authenticates and
the corresponding users are created.
• Until the four eye authenticated user is logged in, the operator can perform
any playback operation.

Four Eye Authentication Success

• If the four eye authenticated user logs off as highlighted below then again for
any playback operation the Admin authentication is required.

238 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Authenticating User

Video Anonymization
This feature allows user to configure or mask identifiable objects based on the
scene environment. It provides flexibility to choose and configure the required
camera based on the mounting position. The following are the options supported.
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 239

How to Anonymize objects based on Environment
Step 1. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera
properties pane.
Step 2. Click General > Preference > Stream Preference Settings as shown below.

Step 3. Under Environment, select the preferred option. The available options
are:

Options Description
Variable Scene Select this option if the scene contains
both stationary and moving people or
objects.
High Motion Scene Select if you want to anonymize the
objects in high motion scene
Still Scene Select to anonymize the objects in a
scene where the scene predominantly
contains stationary people and objects.

Step 4. Click Save.

Following images display the type of video anonymization scenes based on the
environment selection in NVR.
For Variable Scene

240 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 For High Motion Scene

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 241

 For Still Scene

Improved GPU Rendering

GPU Rendering capability is now enhanced to handle the camera video packets
along with decompression technique. This helps the system not to depend on CPU
for rendering video. User can view smooth and clear live video through GPU ren-
dering. User should modify the registry value in client or server machine to enable
GPU rendering mode.

Note: The following list of camera models/machine will not render in GPU mode:
• GrandEye Camera Models
• Dewarping Camera Models
• Anonymizaion enabled cameras
• Analog Cameras
• 32 bit processor rendering client machine

Settings for Rendering Video through GPU

Note: Ensure that user has enabled the Enable GPU Rendering check box in Preferences >
Rendering options tab to render video through GPU.

242 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. In a client or server machine, open the Registry Editor.
Step 2. Navigate to the path
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WOW6432Node\Honeywell\Ma
xproNVR\TrinityFramework\Client as shown below.

Step 3. On the left pane, double-click GPU_RENDERING_VALUE. The Edit

DWORD value dialog appears as shown below.

Step 4. Modify the value to 1 in Value data box.

Note: If the Value data flag is set to 0 then rendering will happen through CPU mode.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 243

 Step 5. Click OK. Drag and drop the cameras required cameras on to the panel to
view the improvised GPU rendering mode.

GPU Rendering Combinations

The below table explains the combination settings between Enable GPU Rendering
option and Registry settings.

IF And If Then

User enables Enable GPU user sets Both Decompression and

Rendering check box in GPU_Rendering_Value Rendering will be processed
Preferences > Rendering flag to 1 through in GPU mode.
options tab

User enables Enable GPU user sets Decompression process will

Rendering check box in GPU_Rendering_Value happen through GPU and
Preferences > Rendering flag to 0 Rendering will be processed in
options tab CPU mode.

user does not select user sets Both decompression and

Enable GPU Rendering GPU_Rendering_Value Rendering will be processed
check box in Preferences > flag to 1 through CPU.
Rendering options tab

How to identify if a camera is Rendering in GPU Mode

After Enabling GPU: The font and clarity of live video is displayed as shown below.

244 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording
Step 1: Create Directory in NAS
Note: The steps described below may vary from one NAS to another.

Step 1. Logon to respective NAS web page

Step 2. Click Settings > Privilege. The Privilege page is displayed.
Step 3. Click Shared Folders > Add. The Add/Edit folder page is displayed.
Step 4. Under General provide the following information for new directory
• Folder Name: Tye the name of folder to store recording
• Description: Type the description if required
• Location: Select the required location to store
• Protocol: Select CIFS/SMB protocol
Step 5. Click the Save button. The new folder directory is created and displayed
under shared folder.

Step 2: Map the User details with NVR User

Note: The steps described below may vary from one NAS to another.

Step 1. Click Settings > Privilege. The Privilege page is displayed.

Step 2. Click User tab and then Add. The Add User page is displayed.
Step 3. Under Add User Provide the details for the following:
• Username: Provide the same Username of NVR NeoStorageServer
• Password: Provide the same password of NVR NeoStorageServer
• Re-enter the password
• Description: provide the description of the user
• Group: configure the group to which the user belongs to.
• Home Directory: Select the required Home directory
• Password Expiration: set the required password expiration duration.
• Click Quota tab to set the quota details
Step 4. Click OK. The newly created user is displayed under list of users pane.

Note: If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside the NAS
box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 245

Step 3: Configure the NAS Drive in NVR
Step 1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
Step 2. Click the Disk tab to open the Disk Management page
Step 3. Click Add Drive to add a network drive. A new drive row is added with
Network as shown below.

Step 4. Under Disk Management, select the following information:

• Drive Name - Select the Network drive.
• Drive Type - Select Network.
• Drive Purpose - Select Recording. By default Recording is selected

Note: If you select Archival as Drive Purpose then you have to provide the details for NAS
Domain, NAS Username and NAS Password. If user adds a Network Drive for Archival
without Domain, Username and Password then a validation message is displayed to
provide the network credentials.
Step 5. In Storage Path, add a network drive path in the following format:
\\<IP address >\<folder name> For example, \\192.168.1.12\Test.
Step 6. Click the Save button. The Network Drive path will be appended with
RecordedClips folder. The complete path is displayed as \\<IP address
>\<folder name>\RecordedClips. If the NAS drive is Selected for Storage
then the Current Recording Drive turns to Green.

QNAP NAS for Recording

When user configures the QNAP NAS for recording, then recycle function is not
happening. QNAP is creating Recycle bin folder in shared folders. The deleted clips
are being stored in recycle bin which is available on the same shared folder.
To avoid QNAP creating Recycle bin folder in shared folder user needs to disable
the Enable Network Recycle Bin check box option.
To disable Network Recycle Bin option

Step 1. Logon to QNAP NAS web page.

Step 2. Click Control Panel > System. The System page is displayed as shown
below.

246 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Navigate to Network & File Services > Network Recycle Bin. The Network
Recycle Bin page is displayed.
Step 4. Clear the Enable Network Recycle Bin check box as highlighted below.

Step 5. Click Apply to save the changes.

Limitations in Configuring NAS for recording

• User should not use “-”, “@” (Hyphen/At the Rate) during the share folder
creation
• If user selects the NAS drive for Recording, then in NAS Web page user need
to be create user with same credentials as NVR NeoStorageServer services.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 247

 For example if NVR service is running with credentials Administrator or NVR-
admin then the same user should be created in NAS web page.
• If Neo service is running with “NVRservicesuser” credentials then it is
important to have same credentials for NAS User. If different user credentials
are created in NAS then recording will not work.
• If user adds multiple directories from same NAS into NVR then the available
space will be incorrect (it will add NAS space for every such directory added)
• In Disk management window, after configuring the storage path for NAS
drive, the Total Space (GB) columns displays Invalid Drive. For NVR to show
the drive details the recording has to switch to the NAS drive.
• If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside
the NAS box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

Playing archived clips through Client machine

Pre-requisite
User was unable to access and play the archived clips from NVR server machine. If
user drag and drops the archived clips into the viewer then an error message is dis-
played.
User needs to have the below privileges to access the archived clips from remote
NVR clients. Below table details out the possible combinations to play the archived
clips from client machine.
• Scenario 1: If user has configured Fixed drive in NVR Server For Archival.

Configured Then Client should Description

Archival path NVR have access to this
Server path
User can access with this
NVR Server \\10.78.34.100\D admin share only if the logged
(10.78.34.100): $\archival in user of NVR client is a local
D:\archival administrator in NVR server.

• Scenario 2: If user has configured shared path in NVR Server for archival
then user need to configure the Archival drive as UNC path.

Configured Archival path NVR Then Client should have access to this path
Server (Read Only access)

NVR Server
\\10.78.34.100\archival \\10.78.34.100\archival

248 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to achieve the above Scenario 2 in Domain Environment
• NVR Server and NVR client should be added to the same domain
environment
Refer the Windows specific documentation on how to configure the NVR Server
and NVR client to the same domain controller.
• Add two user in the Domain Controller as mentioned below
• Add one Domain user as the Local Administrator in NVR Server
• Add another Domain user as a local Administrator in NVR Client (Check
whether it is only local administrator or less privileges access)

How to achieve Scenario 2 in Work group

• Scenario 3: If user using NAS drive

If NVR Server Path (using NAS as The Client path to access

archival location):
\\10.78.34.200\NVR_A_ARCHIVAL
\\10.78.34.200\NVR_A_ARCHIVAL

• Scenario 4: If user using SAN then client can be accessed as mentioned in

Scenario 1 above.

Different Scenarios to playback Archived Clip

Clip does not exist or you do not have the permission to view it” message is dis-
played if user drag and drop a archived clip on a salvo. This is because of the client
machine has no access to the Archived shared path. Access permission to Archival
shared drive should be granted to client machine also.
Below table explains various scenarios in which the archived clip is playable. User
needs to perform suitable scenario settings to avoid the error message and play-
back the clip.

If Shared
If NVR then NVR Playback
Drive If Drive Workaround if Playback
Server Client Supporte
Credentials Type is Fails
Credentials Credentials d
are
Administrator, Administrator, NA Fixed Yes None
Password1 Password1
Administrator, Administrator, NA Fixed No None
Password1 Password2

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 249

 If Shared
If NVR then NVR Playback
Drive If Drive Workaround if Playback
Server Client Supporte
Credentials Type is Fails
Credentials Credentials d
are
No Workaround for Client - In fixed
Administrator, NVR-admin, NA Fixed path, machine need to create
Password1 Password1 the Client user name with same
password and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival drive
or folder.

Administrator, MaxproNVR, NA Fixed No Workaround for Client - In fixed

Password1 Password1 path, machine need to create
the Client user name with same
password and provide (Read)
permission for the drive or
folder.
Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared Yes NA
Password1 Password1 Password1

Administrator, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.

Administrator, NVR-admin, Administrator, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.

Administrator, NVR-admin, NVR-admin, Shared Yes In server machine it will not

Password1 Password1 Password1 stream

NVR-admin, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.

Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared Yes None

Password1 Password2 Password2

Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared No None

Password2 Password2 Password1

250 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 If Shared
If NVR then NVR Playback
Drive If Drive Workaround if Playback
Server Client Supporte
Credentials Type is Fails
Credentials Credentials d
are
Administrator, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In
Password1 Password2 Password1 Shared path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.
Administrator, NVR-admin, Administrator Shared No Workaround for Client - In
Password1 Password1 ,Password2 Shared path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.
Administrator, NVR- NVR-admin, Shared Yes NA
Password1 admin,Password Password2
1

NVR- Administrator, Administrator, Shared No None

admin,Passwor Password1 Password2
d1
NVR- Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In
admin,Passwor Password1 Password2 Shared path, machine need to
d1 create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.
NVR- NVR- Administrator, Shared No Workaround for Client - In
admin,Passwor admin,Password Password1 Shared path, machine need to
d1 2 create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission for
the Archival drive or folder.

How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings

Recommendations:
Honeywell recommends before configuring Archival Clip and Deletion Retry set-
tings ensure that the following parameters are set based on the site requirement:
• The default value for DiskAlarmThresholdInGB is 100: This indicates when
the available free space in archival location is less than 100 GB then an
alarm is triggered.
• The default value for DiskRecyclingInGB is 30: This indicates if the available
free space is below 30 GB, then the older archived clips are recycled to create
space for the newly archiving clips.
• The default value for DiskSwitchLimitINGB is 5: This indicates if the available
free space in the archival location goes less than 5 GB then Low Disk Space

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 251

 alarm is triggered and the archival process will be attempted to next
available archival location if configured.

Step 1. Navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\Trinity-

Framework\bin\TrinityArchival.exe.config.
Step 2. Right-click and open with Notepad.
Step 3. Scroll down to locate the below two values and change the count value
for each parameter based on the requirement. The default value is 4.

• If Value is set to 0 = Indefinite tries

• If Value is set to > than 0 = Indicated the number of attempts to archive or
delete the archived clips respectively.

Note: Archival/Deletion Retry settings will be moved to default count value if user upgrades
to future versions of VMS/NVR.

Annotations
Introduction
Annotation feature helps to trace and locate the moving subjects in live/recorded
video and generates an alarm if intrusion or loitering is detected. After this feature
is enabled in NVR, subjects in video when found in Region Of Interest, is bounded
by rectangle box and on alarm conditions, it will be signified with a change in color
of bounding box. This helps the operator to quickly trace the direction of the mov-
ing subject.
Equip-S series camera supports Annotation feature along with Intrusion trace and
Loitering Trace alarms. These alarms are in-built with Equip-S series camera and
are made available by installing required analytics licenses.
Annotation with Intrusion Trace alarm: This feature helps in detecting a subject, if it
enters a predefined restricted area. The system will annotate and detects the object
with Green rectangular box. If the object is detected in the restricted area then the
annotated Green rectangular box turns to Red and an alarm is generated.
Annotation with Loitering Trace alarm: This feature helps in detecting an object If
loitering beyond the specified duration of time in a predefined region. The subjects
is bounded by the box along with the duration (time in seconds) for which it is iden-
tified in the region of interest. If the subject is loitering in the region beyond a pre-
defined time then the annotation boxes turns to Red and an alarm is generated.

Note: Currently Annotation feature works with only with old GPU rendering modes.

252 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Annotation feature is supported with the following camera models and firmware
version:

S.No Camera Model Firmware Loiter Intrusion

1 H4D8GR1 2.420.HW00.9, Build Date: 2018-12-17 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
2 HCD8G
3 HBD8GR1
4 HFD6GR1 1.000.HW00.9, Build Date: 2018-12-17 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
5 HFD8GR1
6 HDZ302DE 1.000.0043.3, Build Date: 2019-01-07 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
7 HDZ302D
8 HDZ302DIN

Note: The PTZ Model cameras (HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN) after the firmware
upgrade will be compatible with MAXPRO NVR T-Patch 532 and above versions.

How to get/configure Annotation Feature

To get and use the Annotation feature in MAXPRO NVR/VMS, user needs to per-
form the following configurations in the order as mention below:
1. Upgrade the Camera Firmware
2. Install the VA packages
c. Remove Old VA Package
d. Upgrade to Latest VA Package
3. Obtain the License to use Annotation feature
4. Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR
5. Enable Annotations in VMS

Upgrade the Camera Firmware

Step 1. Launch the Equip-S series model camera web page and then click on
Setup tab.
Step 2. Check the existing version of Firmware in Information > Version page.
Step 3. In the left pane, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The Firmware
Upgrade page is displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 253

 Step 4. Click the Import button and then browse the Firmware to import.
Step 5. Click Upgrade. Once the upgrade complete, Firmware Upgrade
successful message is displayed.

Install the VA packages

Remove Old VA Package
If the existing VA package is old then:

Step 1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is dis-
played.
Step 2. Click on the Extensional Smart function tab as shown below.

254 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Click Remove to remove the old VA package. Clear the alarm check box
and then and save. Once it is saved click remove button, otherwise
remove button will be in disable state only. Vice versa, it should be
selected and saved to open VA Webpage.
Step 4. Repeat the step 1 through step 3 to remove the old VA package of
Loitering trace.

Upgrade to Latest VA Packages

Step 1. In th same camera web-page, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The
Firmware Upgrade page is displayed as shown below.
Step 2. Click the Import button and then browse the latest VA packages
(Intrusion trace and Loitering trace) to import.
Step 3. Click Upgrade. Once the upgrade complete, VA package upgrade
successful message is displayed.

Enable Extensional Smart Function

Step 1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is dis-
played.
Step 2. If the Extensional Smart function is off, click to turn ON to configure and
use Annotation feature.

Obtain the License and install

Step 1. Contact Honeywell Technical Support to obtain the license for Intrusion
Trace and Loitering Trace features.
Step 2. In the Extensional Smart function page, for a specific feature, click the
Open button. For example Intrusion Trace as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 255

 The Honeywell Video Analytics page is displayed.
For Intrusion trace

For Loitering Trace

256 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Click on Add Additional License button.
Step 2. Enter the license key and then click OK to activate.

Configuring Intrusion trace

Pre-requisite:
Before you configure the Intrusion trace feature ensure you have:

a. Upgraded the camera firmware.

b. Upgraded the Intrusion trace VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 257

 Step 1. Click on the Configure tab, the Configure page is displayed as shown
below. By default the Calibrate tab is selected.

Step 2. Click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen instructions to
adjust the current front marker as shown below.

258 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Under Current back marker, click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the
on screen instructions to adjust the current back marker as shown below.

Step 4. Once done, click Save in the bottom of the page. Data saved successfully
message is displayed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 259

 Step 5. Click on Zones and then click on Add area to add define the area for
intrusion trace. This will be the area under which an alarm is generated if
an object is detected. User can define multiple zones.

Step 6. Read the on screen instructions and set the parameters for the zone such
as Minimum width, Maximum width, Minimum height, Maximum height,
Minimum area, Maximum area, Minimum speed, Maximum speed, Time
and Distance acceptance, minimum time and minimum distance.
Step 7. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is
displayed.
Step 8. Click on Parameters and set the parameter for all the defined zones as
shown below.

260 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 9. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is
displayed.
Step 10. Click on the Live tab to view the configured intrusion feature.

Configuring Loitering trace

Pre-requisite:
Before you configure the Loitering trace feature ensure you have:

a. Upgraded the camera firmware

b. Upgraded the Loitering trace VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 261

 Step 1. Click on the Configure tab, the Configure page is displayed as shown
below. By default the Calibrate tab is selected.

Step 2. Click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen instructions to
adjust the current front marker as shown below.

262 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Under Current back marker, click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the
on screen instructions to adjust the current back marker as shown below.

Step 4. Once done, click Save in the bottom of the page. Data saved successfully
message is displayed.
Step 5. Click on Zones and then click on Add area to add define the area for
loitering trace. This will be the area under which an alarm is generated if
an object found loitering more than the predefined time (Maximum
Loitering time). User can define multiple zones.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 263

 Step 6. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is
displayed.
Step 7. Click on Parameters and set the parameter for all the defined zones. Such
as maximum Loitering Time, Contrast sensitivity level, Object sensitivity
level, Maximum static time and Times Strategy as shown below.

264 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 8. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is
displayed.
Step 9. Click on the Live tab to view the configured Loitering feature. In camera
web page user can see the loiter alarm in the list as shown below.

Loitering Trace with PTZ Camera

For a PTZ camera Loitering trace should be configured with a predefined preset. If
a camera has multiple presets then in camera web page the specific preset should
be selected and saved in order to view the same in NVR.
However, Annotation will work with in the preset defined. if there is a minor varia-
tion beyond the preset area then Annotations will not be displayed.
The preset should be selected in camera web page > IVS Analysis > Smart Plan >
Extensional Smart function > Preset as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 265

Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR
Annotation in NVR can be enabled if it is already configured in the supported cam-
era web page. Equip-S series camera supports Annotation with Intrusion Trace and
Loitering Trace.
Ensure you have completed the following in camera web page before enabling
Annotation in NVR.

a. Upgraded the camera firmware

b. Upgraded the Intrusion and Loitering VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license
d. Configured Intrusion and Loitering Trace features

How to enable Annotation in NVR

In Camera Web Page
Step 1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is dis-
played.
Step 2. If the Extensional Smart function is off, click to turn ON.
Step 3. Select the Intrusion Trace or Loitering Trace check box to enable
Annotation.

266 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

In Preference Box
• In Preference > Rendering Setting tab, select the View Annotations when a
camera is displayed check box to enable annotations for all the supported
cameras (Equip-S Series)

• In Camera Properties, navigate to any stream and then select the Enable
Annotation check box for the particular stream.

Note: For Sub stream 2 Annotation will not work, if the resolution is taken form camera sub
stream 2. This is a camera side limitation.

For PTZ camera based on the Preset selection, annotation will not work if there is a
slight movement beyond the defined preset.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 267

 • In Video panel, hover the mouse in the bottom of the panel to view the
options and then click on Show Annotations for that particular camera as
shown below. You can also click th same icon to Hide annotation s only for
that camera.

Annotation with Intrusion Trace in VMS/NVR (Live/playback)

After the Annotation feature is enabled for Intrusion trace, rectangular bounding
boxes will be accompanied with any moving object in the scene. If any object is
moving within the predefine area then the object is highlighted with Red rectangu-
lar box and an alarm is generated a shown below.
Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Live) with out alarm

268 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Live) with alarm

Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Playback) Without alarm

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 269

 Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Playback) With alarm

Annotation with Loitering Trace in VMS/NVR (Live/playback)

If an object loiters with in the predefined zone then a Green colored rectangular
bounding box are displayed. If the same object loiters beyond the Maximum Loi-
tering Time, then the object will be highlighted with Red Rectangular box as shown
below.
Object with in the Maximum Loitering Time (Live)

270 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Object beyond the Maximum Loitering Time (Live)

Loitering Trace in Playback without alarm

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 271

 Loitering Trace in Playback with alarm

Snapshots with Annotations

• Capturing snapshots with Annotation bounding box in Live and Recorded
video is supported. User can find the captured snapshots under Snapshots/
Clips pane.

272 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting the Audio Codec in Camera Web Page
Latest version of Equip S Series V2 camera firmware will not render video in NVR
with the previous versions of MAXPRO NVR 5.0/5.5. To overcome this issue user
need to set the Audio codec for all the streams to AAC in the specific camera web
page.

How to set the Audio Codec

Step 1. Logon to specific camera web page (for ex HBW4GR1V).
Step 2. Navigate to Setup > Audio Setup > Audio. The Audio settings are displayed
on the left pane as shown below.

Step 3. Under Audio In area > Main Stream, select AAC from the Format drop-
down list.
Step 4. Under Sub Stream, select the Enable check box.
Step 5. Select the required Sub Stream from the drop down list and then select
AAC option from the Format drop-down list.
Step 6. Under Audio Out area, select AAC from the Format drop-down list.
Step 7. Click Save.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 273

Video Guard service for SIRA compliance
MAXPRO R600 release supports SIRA compliance with Video Guard Device Integra-
tion. This is to meet the specifications defined as part of the City wide Surveillance
initiative by the Security Industry Regulatory Agency (SIRA) of Dubai, UAE, and being
adopted across Middle-East countries.
User can run this service in NVR box to be in compliant with SIRA standards. To
enable the service user needs to use MAXPRO Video Guard Configurator available in
Bin folder. This configurator connects to MAXPRO NVR, sends the recorder informa-
tion to video guard systems and synchronize the heartbeat messages (Polling) and
system time.

Note: Network time sync should be disabled when NVR is configured to communicate with
Video Guard device.
It is required to restart NEO engine once the timezone is changed by Video Guard
service.

How to run the WCF service using MAXPRO Video Guard Configurator
1. Navigate to MAXPRO NVR Bin folder and then locate the MAXPRO Video Guard
Configurator.exe.
2. Double-click the exe. A login window is displayed as shown below.

3. Type the Username and Password in the box provided.

Or
Select Is Window User check box to login using windows credentials.
4. Click the Login button. The MAXPRO Video Guard Configurator application is
displayed as shown below.

274 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 5. Select the Enable Video Guard Services check box. By default it is cleared.
6. Under Video Guard Device Configuration:
• Type the Video Guard Device IP
• Type the Site Number
7. Under NVR Configuration:
• Select the NIC card from the drop down list
8. Click the Save button.

NDAA HC Series 30 Camera Support

The following tables explain the list of supported camera models, firmware version
and events supported with Series 30 cameras.

Note: Series 30 camera should be discovered with correct user name and password else the
camera can lock out for 5 minutes.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 275

 .

# Camera Models Firmware Details

1 HC30W42R3
2 HC30W45R3
3 HC30W45R2
4 HC30WB2R1 v1.0.18.20190523
Note: If a camera has older firmware, please
5 HC30WB5R1 upgrade to this version or above and perform
6 HC30WB5R2 factory default once

7 HC30WE2R3
8 HC30WE5R3
9 HC30WE5R2
10 HC30WF5R1

Supported Events
The following events are support with Series 30 Camera Integration.:

Event
Motion Detection
Tamper Detection
Image too blur
Image too dark
Image too bright
People Detection
Intrusion

Series 30 Cameras Features

HC Series 30 cameras supports the following features.
• Smart Stream III
• Smart Codec
• Smart FPS
• Dynamic intra Frame Period (DIF)
• HTTPS

Note: HC30WF5R1 model camera does not support HTTPS.

• Alarms
• Profile S compliant
• Multicast

276 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 User need to configure the below Smart Stream III features at camera side to use it
in NVR. These features helps the end user to reduce the bandwidth usage in the
network. Once these features are configured user can add or discover the camera
in NVR for surveillance purpose.
• Smart Codec: Based on region of interest in the scene the code format is
automatically applied. The user can adjust the quality balance between ROI
(Region of Interest) and non-ROI area. It is applicable only for H.264 and
H.265 codec format. See How to configure Smart Codec.
• Smart FPS: Dynamically manages and adjust the FPS based on the motion
in the scene. If there is a high motion in the scene then higher FPS is utilized
and vice versa. See How to Enable Smart FPS
• DIF (Dynamic intra Frame Period): Automatically adjusts the I frame interval
time from 1 up to 10 seconds based on the motion in scene. See How to
Enable DIF
• HTTPS: Allows user to enable secure communication for video over the
network using secure protocol. See How to enable Https for series 30
Cameras

How to configure Smart Codec

1. Log on to the HC30 Series camera.
2. Click the Setup tab. The General Settings page is displayed.
3. On the left pane, navigate to Camera Setup > Video. The Stream list is displayed
o the right pane as shown below.

4. Click Video Settings for Stream 1. The Stream setting page is displayed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 277

 5. Select the Codec format. Only H.265 and H.264 is supported. The
corresponding settings are displayed.
6. Under Smart Stream III, select the Smart Codec check box. The Mode and
Quality Priority options are displayed as shown below.

7. Select the required Mode from the drop-down list. The available options are
• Auto tracking: Automatically sets the ROI and non ROI area for smart codec
• Manual: Manually need to define the ROI and non ROI area for smart codec
• Hybrid: Automatically sets the ROI and non ROI area for smart codec
To manually set the mode:

278 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 1. Select Manual option from the Mode drop-down list.
2. Click the Manual Window Settings. The video rendering page is displayed.

3. Click the New button to define or add new ROI and then click Save.
4. Click Close to complete defining ROI.
5. Under Quality Priority, move the slider left or right accordingly to balance the
quality between ROI and non ROI region as shown below. Refer the camera
page help for more details.

6. Click Save to complete the configuration. Similarly configure the Smart Codec
manually for other streams.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 279

How to Enable Smart FPS
1. In the camera web page, click Setup > Camera Setup > Video > Video Settings for
Stream 1. The Stream setting page is displayed.

2. Under Smart Stream III, select the Smart FPS check box as highlighted below.

3. Click Save. Similarly enable the Smart FPS manually for other streams

280 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to Enable DIF
1. In the camera web page, click Setup > Camera Setup > Video > Video Settings for
Stream 1. The Stream setting page is displayed.

2. Under Smart Stream III, select the Dynamic intra frame period check box as
highlighted below. Refer the camera help for more details.

3. Click Save to complete enabling. Similarly enable the DIF manually for other
streams

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 281

How to enable Https for series 30 Cameras
1. Log on to the HC30 Series camera.
2. Click the Setup tab. The General Settings page is displayed.
3. On the left pane, navigate to Network Setup > HTTPS. The HTTPS tab is
displayed on the right pane as shown below.

4. Under Mode, click HTTPS only option.

5. Under ONVIF, click HTTP & HTTPS option.
6. Under Streaming protocols, click HTTP & HTTPS option.

Note: Ensure that you select the options as mentioned above to secure the communication.
HC30WF5R1 model camera does not support HTTPS.
7. Click Save to complete.

Event Settings
Refer the HC Series 30 camera help on how to configure the events.

MPEG2 Encoder Support

NVR 6.0 release supports legacy MPEG2 Encoders with Live and playback, Alarms
and VMS in VMS functionalities. The following encoders are supported.
• ENC8M2
• VE8M2
Supported Firmware Version: 1.2.261

282 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Supported Features are:
• Live
• Playback
• Export

Note: It is not recommended to add Encoder/Multi-channel video stream across NEO

storage.

Multicast Streaming IP for Encoder

MAXPRO NVR 6.0 supports multicast streaming IP configuration for encoders.
User can assign a IP to view the encoder streams in multiple NVR clients.

How to configure Multicast IP for ENC Encoder

Multicast Streaming IP address can be set in two ways:
• Using Encoder Web page
• Using VX Manager

Using Encoder webpage

1. Launch the Encoder (ENC8M2 or VE8M2) web page.
2. On the left pane, navigate to Network Settings node > Streaming Address. The
Streaming Address Settings page is displayed on the right pane.

3. In the Streaming Address Multicast box, type the multicasting IP address.

Note: Unicast streaming IP address is not supported.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 283

Using VX Manager
1. Launch the VX Manager and discover the required encoder as shown below.

2. Right-click on the required encoder and then click IP Settings. The Change IP
Settings dialog box is displayed.

284 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 3. Under Streaming address area, select the Change check box to enable the 1st
streaming address box.
4. Type the required multicast streaming IP address and then click OK. The
Password box is displayed.
5. Type the password and then click OK. The IP address is updated and an Update
Results status box is displayed.
6. Click OK to complete. Similarly you can change or assign the new IP address.
7. Add the encoder manually in NVR for video streaming.

Configuring Remote Analytics Server

This section explains how to configure the remote analytics server for Mask and
Social Distancing. It also explains how to revert a remote server machine.

Scalable Analytics Server

This feature is introduced to manage the load on a NVR box while rendering analyt-
ics based cameras. Earlier only one local analytics server was available for multiple
cameras that support analytics. This results in high consumption of CPU and low
rendering capability of live video in NVR cameras.
Scalability feature helps customer to share the analytics server load on different
remote machines and utilize the analytic algorithms efficiently. User can map the
required cameras to each remote server and view the alarms in VMS,
A new tab named Analytics Server is introduced under Configurator tab to add addi-
tional analytics server and to choose the one while configuring Social Distancing,
Mask compliance and SVMD features. This provides flexibility and increases the pro-
cessing time to manage the load over analytics server when configuring multiple
features.
• A maximum of 5 Analytics Remote boxes can be added under this tab.
• For each Analytics Remote box, 4 camera with 30 FPS and up to 8 cameras
with 5 FPS can be assigned

Note: If Mask & Social Distancing alarms are not coming after upgrading the NVR machine
from previous market released version to current version (6.7) within stipulated
time(15 Mins) then user need to restart the machine.

Converting a NVR Machine to a Analytics Remote Server

Any NVR machine can be converted into a Remote Analytics server to balance the
analytics camera load on CPU. User need to ensure the below to convert a NVR
machine to Analytics Server
• It should be an NVR machine without cameras. No cameras should be added
• All Neo services should be in stop state to minimize the load on analytic
server.
• If you are using remote analytics servers, then ensure to enable encryption
in remote analytics box as well. It is recommend to use different certificates
for encryption. See How to Encrypt the Remote Analytic Server secion.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 285

 In order to do ease the above steps for user, MaproNvrAnalyticServerConfigUtility is
introduced. User can configure this in Remote machine to convert it to analytics
server machine.

How to configure Analytics Server

1. In Remote NVR machine, navigate to NVR Bin folder and locate MaproNvrAna-
lyticServerConfigUtility.
2. Run the Utility in Administrator mode. The Analytics Server Configuration
dialog box appears.

3. Click the “Use as Analytics Server” toggle button to enable.

4. Under NVR Details, type the following details as explained below:
• IP Address: This is IP address of the NVR machine where analytic cameras
are added
• Port Number of the NVR machine
• User name and Password of the NVR machine
5. Click Save to complete the configuration.

Note: If Mask & Social Distancing alarms are not coming in NVR machine from the remote
analytic server even after applying the encryption, then user need to reapply the
encryption certificate again in remote analytic server.

286 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to Encrypt the Remote Analytic Server
1. In Remote NVR machine, navigate to NVR Bin folder and locate MaproNvrAna-
lyticServerConfigUtility.
2. Run the Utility in Administrator mode. The Analytics Server Configuration
dialog box appears.

3. Click the “Use as Analytics Server” toggle button to enable.

4. Click the Certificate Setting tab.
5. Under Application Security, click the Certificate Based Encryption option.
6. Type the following details as explained below:
• Certificate File Path: Browse to select the certificate.
• Certificate Password: Type the certificate Password
• Certificate Store Name: Type the certificate Store Name
• Certificate Subject Name: Type the certificate subject name
7. Click Import Certificate button.
8. Click Save to complete the configuration.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 287

How to Add Analytics Server in NVR Machine
1. In the Configurator > Camera tab, click the Analytics Server tab. The Analytics
Server screen is displayed with the list of analytics server already configured.

2. Click Add Server from the right most corner of the screen.

3. For the New Remote Analytics Server provide Server Name, IP Address and Port
Number of the server.
4. Click Save to add the new analytics server.

288 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Manging Cameras for Analytics Server
This window allows you to assign analytics server to multiple cameras in bulk. If you
have multiple analytics server then you can associate specific cameras to view the
alarms accordingly.
1. In the Analytics Server screen, click Manage Cameras from the right most cor-
ner of the screen. The Manage Camera dialog box is displayed.

2. From the Analytics Server drop-down, select the required server. This selection
applies to all the cameras that will be associated in next steps.
3. From the Available Cameras pane, select the required camera check boxes to
associate
4. Click Save. The selected cameras are displayed in Associated Cameras pane.

Note: If you want to assign a different analytic server to a specific camera, then under
Associated Cameras > Associated Camera Server, select the required server from the
drop down list.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 289

Editing Remote Analytics Server Details

1. In the list of Analytics Server, click . The Analytics Server Details box is dis-
played. By default General tab is displayed.

2. Under Server Details, edit the Name, IP Address and Port number of the NVR
machine.
3. Click Camera tab to view the list of cameras associated.

4. To add or delete the associated cameras, then click the Manage Camera link to
view the Manage Camera dialog box, See Manging Cameras for Analytics
Server section.
5. Click Save.

290 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Bulk configurations of cameras from NVR
This feature allows you to perform Bulk camera configuration for main and sub
stream’s, to ease the effort of configuring multiple cameras at the customer site. This
feature improves the productivity for dealers and system integrators while configur-
ing many NVRs. The configuration of cameras from the NVR is done one by one
today (either post discovery or manual addition). This leads to higher lead time to
configure and setup customer sites.
You can perform the following using Bulk configuration screen:
• General Settings
• Schedule Settings
• Preference Settings
• Stream Settings including child stream configurations specific to camera
model
• SVMD Configuration

How to configure General Settings for cameras in bulk

1. In the camera tab, click Bulk Configure button at the bottom of the screen. The
Bulk Configure screen is displayed.

2. Select the required number of camera check boxes and then click the General
Setting button. The General Setting dialog box is displayed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 291

 Note: The Stream Settings and Preferences buttons will be enabled while configuring Child
Streams. User need to enable Child Streams toggle button to configure streams.
3. In PTZ tab, select the Device Type from the drop down list.
4. Click Other Settings tab, select Enable Anonymization and Environment
Preferences options from the drop-down list.

5. Click Apply to complete general settings for the selected cameras.

292 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to configure Schedule Settings for cameras in Bulk
1. Navigate to the Bulk Configure screen.

2. Select the required number of camera check boxes and then click the Schedule
button. The Schedule dialog box is displayed.

3. On Selected camera pane, the list of selected camera are displayed. You can
also search and remove the cameras from here.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 293

 4. Select and enter the following as explained below:
• Continuous - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event - Select the FPS for Event based recording.
• Recording Deletion After (In Days):
• Select the Event Recording video deletion duration.
• Select the Continuous Recording video deletion duration.
• Archive Recording After:
• Continuous - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the drop-down
if you want to archive the continuous recording.
• Event - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the drop-down if you
want to archive the event recording.
• Archive Deletion After Recording After:
• Continuous Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of
days from the drop-down after which the archived continuous recording can
be deleted.
• Event Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of days
from the drop-down after which the archived event recording can be deleted
5. Click Apply to complete the configuration.

How to configure Preferences for cameras in Bulk

Note: Preferences setting is applicable only to the specific stream index. User has to select
same stream either stream 1 2 or 3 and then click preference to apply settings .

1. Navigate to the Bulk Configure screen and then enable the Child Streams tog-
gle button as shown below.

294 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 2. Select the required cameras of same stream.
Or
Select the required stream from the Streams drop-down list as shown below.

3. Click the Preferences button. The Preferences dialog box is displayed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 295

 4. On Selected camera pane, the list of selected camera are displayed. You can
also search and remove the cameras from here
5. Perform the following as explained below:
• Live - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to use for
streaming live video.
• Continuous - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
record continuously.
• Event Recording - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
record on events.
• Mobile/Web - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to use
for streaming in Mobile/Web application.
• High - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to categorize
as High Resolution stream.
• Low - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to categorize as
Low Resolution stream.
• Click Apply to complete the configuration

How to configure Stream Settings for cameras in Bulk

Note: Stream setting is applicable only to the specific camera models. User need to select
the camera models which supports multiple streams.

296 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 1. Navigate to the Bulk Configure screen and then enable the Child Streams tog-
gle button as shown below.

2. Select the required cameras of same model.

Or
Select the required model of camera from the Model drop-down list a shown
below.

Note: If cameras with different models are selected then a message, Stream of same model
should be selected is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click OK to proceed.

The selected models are displayed as shown below:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 297

 3. Click the Stream Setting button. The Stream Setting dialog box is displayed.

4. On Selected camera pane, the list of selected camera are displayed. You can
also search and remove the cameras from here
5. Under Video configure the following as explained below:
• Resolution - The Resolution is defaulted based on the camera model (for
example, HD3MDIP model defaults to 1280 x 720 resolution).
• Frame Rate - Select the FPS for a camera. FPS refers to the number of pictures
displayed in exactly one second. FPS is a measure of how much information is
used to store and display motion video. The term applies to digital video. Each
frame is a still image; displaying frames in quick succession creates the illusion
of motion.
• Video Codec Type - Select the Codec type for the camera. This is populated
based on the camera model selected. H.265 cameras can render in both CPU
and GPU modes.
• Compression Level - The Compression Level is defaulted to “Medium”. You can
select a new Compression ratio as applicable.

298 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Video Format - Select the Video Format (NTSC or PAL). The NTSC and PAL are
the widely used video formats.
• GOP - Type a new GOP as applicable. Group of Pictures (GOP) are individual
frames (number of pictures) that are grouped together and played back for
viewing. A GOP consists of “IFrame” picture type that represents a fixed image
independent of other picture types. Each GOP begins with this type of picture.
• Continuous Recording (5 FPS) - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event Recording (5 FPS) - Select the FPS for Event based recording.
• Under Other Parameters
• Select the On Demand Streaming options from the drop-down list.
• Enable Audio In/Out: This is for audio supported camera. Select the required
In and Out option from the drop-down list.
6. Click Apply to complete the configuration

How to configure SVMD for cameras in bulk

1. Navigate to the Bulk Configure screen.

2. Select the required number of camera check boxes and then click the SVMD
Configuration button. The Analytics Configuration dialog box is displayed.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 299

 Note: The Image what u see here is from first camera of NVR
Only Enable SVMD and Region configuration can be done in this dialog box.
Associating cameras to Analytics server has to be done from either camera
configuration window or from Analytics Server tab.
3. Select the Enable SVMD Configuration check box
4. Under Regions, click the Include Region button to create required numbers of
region(s) on the image.
5. Select the required region to display from the Region drop-down. Available
options are All, None or (Region 1, 2, 3 and so on). Configure the Object size
threshold if required.
6. If you want to exclude any region then select the region using mouse and then
click Exclude Region button.
7. Under Alarm Settings, set the Alarm Hod time in seconds.
8. Click Save to complete the configuration.

Bi-Directional Audio Support for MAXPRO NVR

This feature helps an operator to send Bi-directional audio warnings/messages to
any audio output of cameras from MAXPRO VMS machines. Currently Mic and
speech is supported from VMS viewer only.

300 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 This feature supports standard audio Codec format G.711 ulaw and only Honeywell
ONVIF Camera model are supported.

Note: Only Honeywell ONVIF Camera models are supported.

Only fixed G.711 ulaw Codec format is supported.
Mutlistream is supported, but can be enabled in only one stream at a time.
It is recommended for the user to enable and speak for one camera at a time.
Windows 2016, 2019 windows server machines are not supported for beta release.

How to configure Bi-Directional Audio for a camera

1. In NVR, for a Honeywell Onvif camera, navigate to Camera properties > Primary
Stream > Recording tab.

2. For a specific stream, select the Enable Audio In/Out check boxes as explained
below:
• Enable Audio In: Camera to VMS Operator
• Enable Audio Out: Operator to camera connected with speakers.
3. In VMS > Viewer screen. select the audio enabled camera in the panel (One at a
time) and then enable the Mic button on the Timeline bar to speak and Disable
the Mic button to end the speech as highlighted below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 301

Limitation
• AAC compression format is not supported for Audio Out from MAXPRO NVR. It
is recommended to configure G711 u law as Audio Out compression format in
the camera webpage.
• From NVR to VMS, user will notice a latency of 1.5 Seconds in audio.

Series 60 Camera Integration

MAXPRO VMS R670 supports Series 60 Camera integration with MAXPRO NVR 6.7
recorder. The following tables explain the list of supported camera models, and
events/alarms supported.

Type Camera Models Firmware Details

HC60W35R2
HC60W35R4
HC60W45R2
Premium Model HC60W45R4 Honeywell_60-
HC60WB5R2 Series_IPC_HC60WXXRX_V1.0.21.20200
HC60WB5R5 828
HC60WZ2E30
HC60W34R2L
HC60W34R2
HC60W44R2L
Mainstream Model HC60W44R2
HC60WB4R2L
HC60WB4R2

302 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Series60 IR PTZ HC60WZ5R30
Series30 HC30W25R3-12V

Configuring Social Distancing ROI Duration and Show

User can configure the Registry entries to increase the duration of alarms genera-
tion for a specific time and highlight the same using color indication.
Following are the two parameters that are allowed to configure:
• sdGraphicROIDuration : The Non-complaint Social Distancing Regions
alarm is generated for every 5 hours (By Default). The Value of this key is in
Minutes (By Default 300 Mins (5 hours))
• sdGraphicROIShow: This key is used for displaying when alarm occurs then
in live view user can see the regions in specific color coding based on
number of violations occurred. For example
• the highest violated region more than 80% is RED
• 20 to 80 percent region violated is YELLOW
• the succeeding less value (Les than 0) is displayed in GREEN
Perform the below steps to modify the values:

1. Navigate to Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFT-
WARE\WOW6432Node\Honeywell\TrinityFramework\RenderingServer
2. Locate sdGraphicROIDuration and then change the value (By Default 300 Mins
(5 hours)).
3. Locate the sdGraphicROIShow and then change the color code value.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 303

 This page is intentionally left blank

304 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

7 VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION

Overview
Verifying the configuration of the MAXPRO NVR is the final phase in the commis-
sioning process. In this phase, you need to verify the working of the MAXPRO NVR.

Before you Begin

Ensure that the configuration of MAXPRO NVR is complete.

Activities to Perform in this Phase

In this phase, using the MAXPRO NVR user interface, check for the following one
after the other.
• Connection with the MAXPRO NVR sever (logging on)
• Camera listing in the devices window
• Live video display from cameras
• Playback of recorded video
• Inserting comments and marking the point of interest using the bookmark
feature in Timeline window
• Playback of loop (mark in and mark out feature) in Timeline window
• Panning, tilting, and zooming functions
• Acknowledgment of alarms and clearing of alarms
• Image creation
• Clip creation
• Video from the surrounding cameras (video pursuit or surrounding cameras
feature in MAXPRO NVR)
• Saving the salvo layout using the salvo view feature
• Searching recorded video in MAXPRO NVR

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 305

 • Generating and viewing the event and operator log report

Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO NVR Server

The MAXPRO NVR server addresses are stored in profiles. You can save the address
of each server in profiles from the Log On dialog box that appears when you start
MAXPRO NVR.
To connect to a MAXPRO NVR server from the client computer

Step 1. In the Username box, type the user name. The default user name is
“admin”.
Step 2. In the Password box, type the password. The default password is “trinity”.
Note: Honeywell recommends to create a new NVR user (See Adding a User ) in the
Configurator tab and use the same to logon.
Step 3. In the Profile box, select the profile in which the server address is saved.
Step 4. Click Login. The Viewer Screen appears.
You can set a profile as the default profile. When a profile is set as default, you need
not select the profile each time you log on to MAXPRO NVR. You can also modify
and delete profiles.

Note: See the Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop Client section on page 124 for more
information on how to save server addresses in profiles, how to set a profile as default
profile, and how to modify and delete the profiles.

Checking the Device listing in the Devices Window

By default, the Viewer tab is selected when you log on to MAXPRO NVR. The
Devices window in the Viewer tab lists the IP cameras connected to and discovered
by MAXPRO NVR.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 130 for more
information on the Device window.

Checking the Acknowledgment and Clearing of Alarms

Clicking the Alarms tab next to the Device tab opens the Alarms window that lists
all the alarms in a floating window. You can acknowledge and clear the alarms.
Alarms notify the occurrence of events to the operators. You can configure alarms
to be triggered when events such as recorder disk space nearing full, motion detec-
tion, and others happen. The events that trigger an alarm can be selected while
configuring the recorders, cameras, and switchers. The events can be associated to
event groups.

306 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Each alarm goes through the following states.
New or Unacknowledged
When an alarm is triggered it appears in the Alarm window. You can click the Alarm
tab to view the Alarm window. The state of the alarm after it is triggered is referred
to as unacknowledged. You can view the list of all the unacknowledged alarms in a
table in the Alarm window.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 130 for more
information on the Alarms.

Checking the Live Video from Cameras

To ensure that all the cameras are connected and functioning properly, you need to
check for live video from them.
To select the cameras and view live video
• Double-click a camera in the Devices window.
Or
You can also drag a camera to a panel in the salvo layout. The panel starts
displaying live video.
You can select multiple cameras and view live video in different panels of the salvo
layout.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 130 for more
information on how to view live video from cameras.

Checking the Playback of Recorded Video

To playback video, the recording from the camera must be available and the
recording settings for the camera must be configured. Recorded video can be
played from the Timeline window.
The following operations can be performed on the recorded video.
• Playing recorded video using the timeline
• Playing recorded video using Mark In and Mark Out points in timeline
• Marking points of interest in the timeline using bookmarks
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to con-
figure the recording settings for the cameras connected to MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 307

Checking the Panning, Tilting, and Zooming
Using the digital PTZ feature in MAXPRO NVR, you can perform panning and tilting
on live and recorded video and clips. The digital PTZ feature when enabled allows
you to perform panning and tilting on the video display that is zoomed or enlarged
in a panel.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on PTZ.

Checking the Creation of Images

A frame of video displayed in the panel can be saved as an image. The image can
be saved in Bitmapped Graphics (BMP), Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPG)
format, Portable Graphics format (PNG), and Graphics Interchange Format (GIF).
Only the images saved in the Snapshots/Clips folder at the location in the hard
drive in which MAXPRO NVR files are installed can be viewed in the Snapshot/ Clip
window.
You can double-click the image view option in the site window to view images on
the salvo layout. You can view the images in the form of thumbnails or filmstrip.
You can also select the image size large, medium, and small as per the require-
ment.
For example, X:\ProgramFiles\Honeywell\TrinityFramework\Snapshots/Clips.
Here, X: is the hard drive.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on creating the
images.

Checking the Creation of Clips

You can create clips from recorded video. These clips can be saved with digital sig-
natures. Digital signatures ensure authenticity of clips. Digital signatures are pri-
marily used to authenticate videos that are produced in courts as evidence. A
digital signature generates a unique string for the clip using algorithms recom-
mended by the W3C. The World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is an international
consortium where member organizations, a full-time staff, and the public work
together to develop Web standards. If the video in the clip is modified, a verification
check for the unique string fails indicating that the content is tampered. When a
clip is saved with the digital signature, a package file with the .PKG extension is
created to save the clip.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on creating
clips.

308 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Checking the Salvo View Feature
A salvo layout that is customized based on the preferences of the operators is
referred to as a salvo view. Cameras and scan sequences that are selected fre-
quently and the preferred salvo layout can be saved as a salvo view.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to cre-
ate, select, and manage salvo views.

Checking the Search for Recorded Video in MAXPRO

NVR
Operators can search for recorded video from cameras connected to MAXPRO
NVR. The search results can be filtered based on conditions like video recorded
today, yesterday, and others.
You can search for recorded video from the Search tab.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to
search for recorded video, and how to play the search results.

Checking the Generation of Event History/ Operator Log

Report
Two types of reports, namely event history report and operator log report, can be
generated.
The event history report can be generated for cameras, monitors, and recorders.
The event history report lists the events related to a device during a time period. For
example, for a camera, you can generate the event history report to know the
occurrence of events like enabling of camera motion detection, starting of back-
ground recording, and so on.
The operator log report can be generated to view the activities performed by users.
The operator log report lists the activities performed by users during a time period.
For example, creating clips, adding bookmarks.
You can generate reports from the Report tab.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to gener-
ate and view the reports.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 309

 This page is intentionally left blank.

310 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

8 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR

SOFTWARE

Overview
This chapter describes the procedures to upgrade the MAXPRO NVR software. Fol-
low the appropriate section in this chapter to upgrade your MAXPRO NVR software.
The following are the upgrade scenarios covered:
• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Build 687

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.3 Build 643

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.0 Build 622

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.6 (Build 572)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.5 (Build 558)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1(Build 532)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 522(T Patch)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Build 188

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Build 162

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Note: Downgrade to previous version of NVR is only supported if user has restored the
Database backup during installation. For example: If user upgrades from 4.1 to 5.0
and if for any reason uninstalls the 5.0 build then, 4.1 installation will also be
uninstalled from the machine. If user has restored the DB backup during 5.0
installation then downgrade (4.1) build will be available..

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.7 Build 687

Upgrade to 6.7 is supported from th e following build only:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 311

 • MAXPRO® NVR 6.3 Build 643
• MAXPRO® NVR 6.0 Build 622
Below tables explains the upgrade support to MAXPRO and Pro-Watch R670:

To upgrade to NVR 6.7:

Step 1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 6.7 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the
DVD drive, and then double-click setup.exe. A dialog box appears with
the question - “Do you want to validate the setup before continuing
MAXPRO NVR 6.7 installation?”.

Step 2. Click Yes to validate the setup files are not corrupted before continuing
the installation and click No to skip the validation to continue the setup.
The installation wizard starts and the Welcome screen appears.

312 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials appears.

Validation of User Credentials

Step 4. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
Step 5. Type your Windows User Name.
Step 6. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 103.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 313

 Step 7. Click Next. The Localization Support wizard appears.

Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select

all the languages required for your system. If an additional language
is required after the installation is completed, the software will need
to be uninstalled and installed again.
Step 8. Select the languages in which you want to upgrade MAXPRO NVR and
then click Next. The Data Security Wizard appears.

Data Security

314 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 9. Select the Enable Enhanced Data Security check box to improve data
security in your system.
Step 10. Click Next. The Summary wizard appears.

Upgrade Summary
Step 11. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears. Once the
upgrade is complete, the Finish dialog appears.

Upgrade Finish
Step 12. Click Finish to complete the upgrade.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 315

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.3 Build 643
Upgrade to 6.3 is supported from th e following build only:
• MAXPRO® NVR 6.0- Build 622
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_6.3:

Step 1. Browse to the setup folder and double-click MAXPRO_NVR_ 6.3

Setup.exe. The installer extracts the setup files and a confirmation mes-
sage is displayed to disable the Automatic Windows updates.
Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed.
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 6.0 Build 622

Upgrade to 6.0 is supported as explained below:
• MAXPRO® NVR 6.0- Build 615
• MAXPRO® NVR 6.0- Build 612
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.6- Build 583
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.6- Build 572
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.5- Build 560
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.5- Build 559
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.0 SP1- Build B532
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.0_T patch Build 522
• MAXPRO® NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

Before Upgrading
Caution: If user had configured the Network drive as Recording drive in
the previous version of NVR, then after upgrading to 6.0 Build
XXXX, none of the cameras will display video. Ensure that you
delete/modify the Network path configured as Recording drive
and then upgrade.

Pre-requisite
Before upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 6.0, user must install the below SQL service
pack for successful upgrade. Refer to the 800-26010-A - Securing MAXPRO VMS-NVR
Technical Notes for more information on how to download and install the below ser-
vice pack.

316 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • SQL2012SP4
To upgrade to NVR 6.0:

Step 1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 6.0 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the
DVD drive, and then double-click setup.exe
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click
setup.exe. In Choose Installation Type wizard, click Upgrade Existing Installation
option.

Step 2. Click Next. A dialog box appears with the question - “Do you want to
validate the setup before continuing MAXPRO NVR 6.0 installation?”,
click Yes to validate the setup files are not corrupted before continuing
the installation and click No to skip the validation to continue the setup.
The installation wizard starts and the Welcome screen appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 317

 Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials appears.

Validation of User Credentials

Step 4. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
Step 5. Type your Windows User Name.

318 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 103.
Step 7. Click Next. The Localization Support wizard appears.

Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to

select all the languages required for your system. If an
additional language is required after the installation is
completed, the software will need to be uninstalled and
installed again.
Step 8. Select the languages in which you want to upgrade MAXPRO NVR and
then click Next. The Data Security Wizard appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 319

 Data Security
Step 9. Select the Enable Enhanced Data Security check box to improve data
security in your system.
Step 10. Click Next. The Summary wizard appears.

Upgrade Summary
Step 11. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears. Once the
upgrade is complete, the Finish dialog appears.

320 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Upgrade Finish
Step 12. Click Finish to complete the upgrade.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.6 (Build 572)

Upgrade to NVR 5.6 Build 572 is supported from the following builds only.
• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• MAXPRO NVR 5.0_T patch Build 522
• MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1 Build 532
• MAXPRO NVR 5.5 Build 558
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_5.6:

Step 1. Browse to the setup folder and double-click MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.6

Setup.exe. The installer extracts the setup files and a confirmation mes-
sage is displayed to disable the Automatic Windows updates as shown
below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 321

 Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.5 (Build 558)

Upgrade to NVR 5.5 Build 558 is supported from the following builds only.
• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• MAXPRO NVR 5.0_T patch Build 522

322 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1 Build 532
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_5.5:

Step 1. Browse to the setup folder and double-click MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.5

Setup.exe. The installer extracts the setup files and a confirmation mes-
sage is displayed to disable the Automatic Windows updates as shown
below.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 323

 Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1(Build 532)

Upgrade to 5.0 Service Pack 1 is supported from the following builds only.
• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch Build 522

Note: If SP1 is installed on top of 5.0 Build 509 Rev D then MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch
Build 522 is installed internally.
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_SP1

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_SP1 Setup.exe. The installer extracts

the files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

324 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Uninstalling SP1
In Add/Remove program windows there will be two entries as:
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch Build 522
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0 SP1 Build 531
If user wants to go back to v5.0 Build 509 Rev D then from Add/Remove Program
window uninstall the applications in the order as mentioned below:

Step 1. Uninstall SP1

Step 2. Uninstall 5.0_T patch Build 522

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 325

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 522(T Patch)
Upgrade to 5.0 T patch is supported from v5.0 Build 509 to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build
522 only.
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_T patch

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_T patch Setup.exe. The WinRAR self
extracts the files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

326 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

Upgrade to 5.0 is supported as explained below:
• From v4.0 Build 87 Rev H to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• From NVR 4.7 Build 188 to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• From NVR 4.9 Build 204 to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

Before Upgrading
Caution: If user had configured the Network drive as Recording drive in
the previous version of NVR, then after upgrading to 5.0 Build
509, none of the cameras will display video. Ensure that you
delete/modify the Network path configured as Recording drive
and then upgrade.

To upgrade to NVR 5.0:

Step 1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 5.0 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the
DVD drive, and then double-click setup.exe
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click
setup.exe. A dialog box appears with the question - “Do you want to validate the
setup before continuing MAXPRO NVR 5.0 installation?”, click Yes to validate the
setup files are not corrupted before continuing the installation and click No to skip
the validation to continue the setup. The installation wizard starts and the Wel-
come screen appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 327

 Welcome Wizard
Step 2. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials appears.

Validation of User Credentials

Step 3. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
Step 4. Type your Windows User Name.

328 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 5. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 103.
Step 6. Click Next. The Localization Support wizard (Figure ) appears.

Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to

select all the languages required for your system. If an
additional language is required after the installation is
completed, the software will need to be uninstalled and
installed again.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 329

 Step 7. Select the languages in which you want to upgrade MAXPRO NVR and
then click Next. The Summary screen appears.

Summary
Step 8. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears. Once the
upgrade is complete, the Finish dialog appears.

Upgrade Finish

330 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 9. Click Finish to complete the upgrade.

Note: While upgrading the client to 5.0, a System Warning dialog with Unknown Hard Error
message is displayed
Cause: This issue may occur due to conflict between third party applications or due
to system file corruption.
Solution: Refer and perform the steps as explained in the Microsoft link https://
answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_8-performance/
explorerexe-system-warning-dialog-with-unknown/4c0be311-c9d5-46e7-b352-
c8656f5c0226?auth=1

Or

https://www.drivethelife.com/windows-10/fix-unknown-hard-error-windows-
10.html

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204

Upgrade to 4.9 is supported as explained below:
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.9 Build 204
• From NVR 4.0 97 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204
• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204
• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204
• From NVR 4.7 Build 188 to NVR 4.9 Build 204
To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Service Pack

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 331

 Installation Complete
Step 1. Click Yes if required. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown
below.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

Note: If Korean
Step 2. language is not
Click Finish to installed
completeinthe
your previous build
installation (suchthe
and close as NVR 4.5 Build 162
wizard.
or 4.7 Build 188) then a confirmation message to support Korean Language is
displayed. Click Yes if required.
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
Upgrade is supported as explained below:
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Service Pack

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Build 188
appears.
Direct Upgrade to 4.7 is supported as explained below:
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.7 Build 188
• From NVR 4.0 97 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188

332 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188
• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188
To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Service Pack

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process
continues and once the installation is complete the completion page is
displayed as shown below.

Note: If Korean language is not installed in your previous build (such as NVR 4.5 Build 162)
then a confirmation message to support Korean Language is displayed. Click Yes if
required.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 333

 Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Build 162

Pre-requisites
Before installing NVR 4.5 build 162 Service pack, ensure that all other applications
in the PC is closed. If any application is still running then Process can not access
the file message is displayed as shown below.

Upgrade is supported as explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.5 Build 162

334 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Service Pack

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. A confirmation message to
support Korean Language is displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 335

 Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Yes if required. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown
below.

Step 5. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

Upgrade is supported as explained below:
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Service Pack

Step 1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

Step 2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page
appears.

336 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Welcome Wizard
Step 3. Click Continue to start the installation. After the installation is finished,
the following page appears.

Installation Complete
Step 4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Upgrade is supported from MAXPRO NVR 3.1 SP1 or later version to MAXPRO NVR
4.0 Build 87 Rev H.
If you are upgrading from a version lower than 3.1 SP1 to MAXPRO NVR 4.0 then
an error message is displayed. Upgrade to v3.1 SP1 Build 70C on top of the lower
versions and then upgrade to NVR 4.0 Build 87 Rev H.

Note: Ensure that Services.msc console is closed before Installing or

upgrading the MAXPRO NVR. See the Before you Begin - Disable Defragmentation section on
page 103.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 337

 If you are upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B then upgrade is sup-
ported as explained below:
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B
• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

Taking the Database Backup

Honeywell recommends database backup before running the upgrade. Database
backup can be done from MAXPRO NVR Agent.

Taking Database backup using the MAXPRO NVR Agent

Note: In MAXPRO NVR 3.1 or later version, a new scheduled backup mechanism is added
which will retain the last 7 days of Database Backup. In case of upgrade, if the backup
is set in the system already then same backup drives are maintained in the
configuration and used in the new backup mechanism.
Or
If the backup is not set then by default the first recording drive is selected for
database backup according to the alphabetical order. If you want to change the drive
then edit the TakeNVRbackup.bat file which is available in C:\Install\BackupData and
mention the required drive name.

How to upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Step 1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 4.0 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the
DVD drive, and then double-click setup.exe
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click
setup.exe. A dialog box appears with the question - “Do you want to validate the
setup before continuing MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installation?”, click Yes to validate the

338 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 setup files are not corrupted before continuing the installation and click No to skip
the validation to continue the setup. The installation wizard starts and the Wel-
come screen appears.

Note: If any pending reboot is there due to windows updates, the following error message
appears, and the installation stops. Please ensure that you reboot your computer and
run the setup again.

Step 2. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials appears.

Validation of User Credentials

Step 3. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
Step 4. Type your Windows User Name.
Step 5. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 103.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 339

 Step 6. Click Next. The Choose Metadata Path appears.

Choose Metadata Path

Step 7. Click Browse to specify a new path for Metadata in NVR Application.

Note: If you want to move your metadata to a non-OS partition then please choose the
appropriate path. Upgrade will move the metadata accordingly.
Step 8. Click Next. The summary screen appears.

Summary

340 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 9. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears.

Note: During upgrade, SQL Server 2008 Express is not upgraded to SQL Server 2012
Express to reduce upgrade time and only the Trinity database is updated with
changes required for v4.0.
Step 10. When the upgrade is about to complete, the following message is
displayed.

Step 11. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears with the options to Validate and to
Finish the installation.
• Click Validate to verify the installed files on your NVR. If there are no errors
then a message appears - Setup has been validated successfully without any
error. Click here to view report. If there are errors, the message shows there
are errors and the report can be reviewed to identify the error and contact
Honeywell technical support if required to correct them on reinstall.
• Click Finish. The installation wizard starts all the services which may take a
few minutes. After the wizard closes, as mentioned in step 10 it is
recommended to Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect.
If you are prompted to reboot the system then the following message is
displayed.

Reboot prompt
Step 12. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR upgrade.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 341

 This page is intentionally left blank

342 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

9 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

In this chapter...

Section See page...

Introducing Web Client page 343
Installing Web Client page 344
Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator page 345
Creating Self Signed Certificate page 351
Installing the Certificate page 355
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate page 357

Introducing Web Client

The MAXPRO NVR Web Client allows you to remotely access the MAXPRO NVR
server and perform video surveillance using a web browser such as Internet
Explorer. It gives you the flexibility to view live video and perform the basic video
surveillance functions remotely over the web.
MAXPRO NVR Web client is available with MAXPRO NVR 4.0. By default MAXPRO
NVR installs the Web client and MAXPRO Web Configurator along with the NVR 4.0
installation. You can use the web client once you have installed the NVR 4.0.
MAXPRO NVR Web Client functions involve the following tasks:
• Viewing the live video
• Viewing Recorded Video (Playback)
• Taking Snapshot
• Viewing Presets

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 343

Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings
• Anonymization is not supported in Web. If user is tries to see Anonymized
video and also camera Anonymized option is enabled then an error message
“Trying to access Anonymized Stream” is displayed.
• When an Operator (non-admin) logs into the Web Client and tries to view
playback for any video then an error message “Four Eye authentication
Privilege Failure” is displayed.

Installing Web Client

By default MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installs the Web Client component on your machine.
It also installs the MaxproWEBConfigurator utility to change or update the system
and server configuration. If you want to access the MAXPRO NVR Server using Web
Client remotely through a supported web browser then you should install Silver-
light on the remote machine.

Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through Web Client

The following are the prerequisites to access the MAXPRO NVR server through
Web Client.
• Silverlight: Ensure that Silverlight version 5 and above is installed on your
machine. If you don't have the Silverlight plug-in on your machine, you can
download it from the following Microsoft link. http://www.microsoft.com/
getsilverlight/Get-Started/Install/Default.aspx

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Note: Silverlight plug-in is not supported by Chrome version 42.x or above and Microsoft
Edge browser.
• Web Browsers Supported on Windows Systems: Ensure that at least one of
the following supported web browsers are installed on your PC:
• Internet Explorer version 8 or above
• Firefox version 15.0.1 or above
• Chrome version 32.x to 41.x only.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Web Client is only supported by below Web Browsers on Windows 10
with Silverlight plug-in installed
• Internet Explorer version 11 or above
• Firefox version 40 or above

Note:
• Web Browsers Supported on MAC systems: Not supported.

344 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator
By default MAXPRO NVR installs the Web Configurator and is displayed on
your desktop.
MAXPRO NVR Web Configurator is a utility and it allows you to perform the follow-
ing:

Step 1. System Configuration

Step 2. Server Configuration
Step 3. Security Configuration
System Configuration tab: The system configuration tab allows you to update the
administrator user credentials and the FPS for a better Stream quality. It also
allows you to set the protocol for secure communication.
Server Configuration tab: The server configuration tab allows you to update the
Web Server and MAXPRO NVR Server IP details.
Security Configuration tab: The Security Configuration tab automates the manual
process of Creating Self Signed Certificate, Installing the Certificate, Binding the generated certificate
with https and registers the same with IIS to use the same. It also allows you to con-
figure the Silverlight control to access a service in another domain.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 345

To set the Web Configurator

Step 1. Double-click on the desktop. The MAXPRO Web Configurator dialog

box appears. By default the System Configuration tab is selected.

MAXPRO WebConfigurator
Step 2. Under User Configuration: When the (non-window) Administrator log on
name and password is changed then you can update the credentials of
MAXPRO NVR Web Client to log on.
• Type the Username and Password and then click Update.

Note: You can update only the NVRAdministrator credentials used by the Web Server. If you
are changing the default administrator user credentials (admin/trinity) in NVR
through the desktop client, then you should change and update the credentials in
MaxproWEBConfigurator as well for Web Server to communicate with NVR and Web
Clients.
The Administrator credentials used by the Web Server should be configured as a non-
Windows Administrator user in the MAXPRO NVR through the desktop client. As a
good security practice, it is recommended to update the default credentials on your
system.
Step 3. Under Stream Quality Configuration:
• Select the required Frames Per Second options as applicable and then click
Save. The available options are:

346 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • As Per Frame: Select this option to view the video as per the camera stream
settings. If the camera supports 30 frames per second to stream the video
then you can view 30 frames per second and accordingly your bandwidth is
consumed. By default As Per Frame option is selected and it is
recommended not to change this option, because this provides you with the
best quality video.
• Only IFrame: select this option if your bandwidth is low and if you want to
view only one IFrame per second.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Web Client supports streaming quality resolution up to 1080p.
Cameras configured above 1080p resolution are not supported. If you drag and drop
a camera configured with megapixel resolutions (above 1080p) then a message
appears and video is not displayed as shown below.

Step 4. Under Protocol Configuration:

• Click the appropriate Protocol options for secure communication. The
available options are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTPS (Only Video). By default HTTP
and HTTPS protocol is selected.

Note:
• Video to the Web Client is always transmitted over HTTP. Non-video data is
transmitted over HTTPS/HTTP based on the protocol configuration settings.
• Please ensure ports required for both video and non-video data is
considered in any port forwarding settings.

Note: If you want to access the web client using secured connection then click the HTTPS
option. When you access the MAXPRO NVR server using the URL https://<MAXPRO
NVR Server IP or Machine /Computer name>/MAXPROWEB/ then the following
message is displayed. Click Continue to this website to proceed. It is recommended
to verify the certificate to check whether it is issued by a valid Certificate Authority.
See Viewing the Certificate Information for more information.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 347

 The above message appears by default when you access the NVR server for the first
time. Honeywell recommends you to buy a Domain Name specific certificate, create
it and then install it. See the Creating Self Signed Certificate section on page 351 and Installing
the Certificate section on page 355 for more information. Or You can use the MAXPRO
Web Configurator utility to create the Self Signed Certificate.
Or
You can create a self signed certificate and then install it. See the Creating Self Signed
Certificate section on page 351 and Installing the Certificate section on page 355 for more
information.
The above settings are applicable to Internet Explorer, Chrome, Firefox and Safari
web browsers. These settings are valid if the web client is accessed using the
Domain/Host Name. If you access the web client using the IP then the above settings
are not valid.
Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Step 5. Under PTZ Configuration:

• Select the Enable PTZ check box to perform PTZ operations on a PTZ camera
from Web Client.

Note: PTZ feature is not supported and It is not recommended to use this feature in the
current release. Enabling PTZ will help in performing PTZ operations fro DOME
cameras from web client.
Step 6. Click Save.

348 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 7. Click the Server Configuration tab. The Server Configuration screen
appears.

MAXPROWebConfigurator-Server Configuration

Note: By default the Web Server and the MAXPRO Server is installed on the NVR server
machine and the IPs are set by default to local IP or computer/machine name. If it is
not set by default in your system then it is recommended to change these settings to
NVR Server (local) computer/machine name. For Honeywell supplied NVR boxes,
default computer/machine name is MAXPRO-NVR and can be updated in the
configuration from the tool.
Step 8. Under Server Configuration:
• Web Server IP: If the MAXPRO NVR server computer/machine name or IP (as
applicable) is changed then you should change the Web Server IP. Type the
new computer/machine name or IP (as applicable) in this box and then click
Update.
• MAXPRO Server IP: If the MAXPRO NVR server computer/machine name or
IP (as applicable) is changed then you should change the MAXPRO Server IP.
Type the new computer/machine name or IP (as applicable) in this box and
then click Update. Both Web Server IP and MAXPRO Server IP should be
same.
• Server Public IP: If you want to host the MAXPRO Web client via internet (or
Public) then you need to provide the Public Server IP.Type the new Public IP
(as applicable) in this box and then click Update.
Step 9. Under Port Configuration:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 349

 • Http Port: If you want to change the http default port 80 to some other port
number then type the required port number and click Apply.
• Https Port: If you want to change the https default port 443 to some other
port number then type the required port number and click Apply.
Port change option in the Configurator tool is available from 3.1 Build 65 Rev
C or higher version.
Step 10. Click Save.
Step 11. Click the Security Configuration tab. The Security Configuration screen
appears.

MAXPROWebConfigurator-Security Configuration
Step 12. Under SSL Certificate Configuration:
• Type the Port number in the box provided if the Https binding is other than
443 and then click Apply. The default port is 443.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR
Technical Notes for security settings.
Step 13. Under Transport Security, select the Enable Strict Transport Security
check box to avoid or protect from hacking.
Step 14. Under Client Policy Configuration: Allows you to modify the
C:\inetpub\wwwroot\clientaccesspolicy.xml &
C:\inetpub\wwwroot\crossdomain.xml file.

350 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Click the required Client Policy option. The available options are
• Auto Generate (Default): This options makes entries to the above files such
that the local Silverlight application (Web client) is able to make request to
local ISOM.
• Manual: If Web Client and ISOM are on different machine or any other
Silverlight application is trying to access ISOM then the above xml file need
to be modified. Choose manual to make the modification manually. For more
information on configuring Cross Domain or Client Access Policy browse the
below websites: http://www.adobe.com/devnet/articles/crossdomain_policy_file_spec.html
https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cc197955(v=vs.95).aspx
• Allow All (non Secure): Non secure mode. If you want to allow all Silverlight
clients to connect to ISOM hosted on the machine then you can click this
option. Use with caution. This options also helps to troubleshoot the wrong
configurations by providing full access temporarily.

Note: Auto mode is flexible and is the recommended mode.

Caution: Ensure that you exercise caution while choosing the options
other than the Default.

Step 15. Click Save.

Creating Self Signed Certificate

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. See Procuring and Installing CA Certificate section. Or Refer to the
800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR Technical Notes for security settings.
Self signed certificate is required if you want to access the MAXPRO NVR server
using your domain name. You should create a certificate, bind it to the https and
then install the certificate to access the server using the web browser (Internet
Explorer, Chrome, Firefox and Safari).
To create self signed certificate

Step 1. Open the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window.

Step 2. Select the server node under Connections pane.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 351

 Step 3. Under IIS, double click the Server Certificate option Figure .

Home

The Server Certificate window is displayed.

Server Certificate

352 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 4. Click the Create Self-Signed Certificate on the right-most pane. The
Specify Friendly Name dialog appears.

Specify Friendly Name

Step 5. Type a friendly name for the certificate and then click OK. A new
certificate is generated and listed under server certificates list as shown
below:

Generated Certificate

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 353

Binding the generated certificate with https
Step 1. In the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window, expand the server
node under Connections pane.
Step 2. Navigate to Sites > Default Web Site.
Step 3. Click Bindings in the right-most pane. The Site Bindings dialog appears.

Site Bindings Dialog

Step 4. Select the type as https and then click Edit. The Edit Site Bindings dialog
appears.

Edit Site Bindings

Step 5. Select the Demo SSL certificate from the SSL Certificate drop-down list.

354 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. Select All Unassigned from the IP Address drop-down list.

Note: Ensure that you select All Unassigned option from the IP Address drop-down list and
the port should be 443.
Step 7. Type the port number as 443.
Step 8. Click OK.

Installing the Certificate

Once you have created a self signed certificate you need to install the certificate in
the Internet Explorer on machines accessing the web client. If you do not install the
certificate then the web browser displays the following error as shown in the figure
Certificate Error.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. See Procuring and Installing CA Certificate section.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Certificate Error

To view the error details, click on the Certificate Error message. A Untrusted Certifi-
cate message box is displayed as shown below:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 355

 Untrusted Certificate

To install the certificate

Step 1. Click View Certificate as shown in the figure Untrusted Certificate. The
Certificate dialog box appears as below.
Tip: You can install the certificate using Internet Explorer. Once the installation is
done you can access the MAXPRO NVR server using other browsers on the same
machine using your domain name.

Certificate
Step 2. Click the Install Certificate button. Certificate Import Wizard dialog box
appears.

Certificate Import Wizard

Step 3. Click the Browse button and then select the Trusted Certificate
Authorities option.

356 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 4. Click Next until Finish button is displayed.
Step 5. Click the Finish button. A confirmation message “you want to add the new
certificate” is displayed.

Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. Refer to the 800-23557-E - Securing MAXPRO VMS_NVR
Technical Notes for more security settings.

Installing an SSL Certificate in Windows Server 2008 (IIS 7.0)

Windows Server 2008 includes Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.0. This new
version makes several big changes in the way that SSL certificates are generated,
making it much easier than previous versions of IIS. In addition to the new method
of requesting and installing SSL certificates, IIS 7 includes the ability to:
• Request more than one SSL certificate at a time
• Import, export, and renew SSL certificates easily in IIS
• Quickly create a self-signed certificate for testing

Create the Certificate Signing Request

The first step in ordering an SSL certificate is generating a Certificate Signing
Request. This is very easy to do in IIS7 using the following instructions. perform the
below steps to create the Certificate Signing Request:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 357

 Step 1. Click on the Start menu, go to Administrative Tools, and then click on
Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. The IIS manger window is
displayed.

IIS Home
Step 2. Click on the name of the server in the Connections pane on the left.
Double-click on Server Certificates.

Create Certificate Request

358 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. In the Actions pane on the right, click on Create Certificate Request. The
Request Certificate dialog box appears.

Request Certificate
Step 4. Enter all of the following information about your company and the
domain you are securing and then click Next.

Name Description Examples

Common The fully qualified domain name *.goo-
Name (FQDN) of your server. This must gle.com
match exactly what you type in your
web browser or you will receive a mail.goo-
name mismatch error. gle.com

Organiza- The legal name of your organization. Google Inc.

tion This should not be abbreviated and
should include suffixes such as Inc,
Corp, or LLC.
Organiza- The division of your organization han- IT
tional Unit dling the certificate. (Most CAs don't
validate this field) Web

City/Local- The city where your organization is Mountain

ity located. View
State/prov- The state/region where your organi- California
ince zation is located. This shouldn't be
abbreviated.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 359

 Name Description Examples
Country/ The two-letter ISO code for the coun- US
Region try where your organization is loca-
tion. GB

Step 5. Leave the default Cryptographic Service Provider. Increase the Bit length
to 2048 bit or higher. Click Next.

Request Certificate

360 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. Click the button with the three dots and enter a location and filename
where you want to save the CSR file. Click Finish.

Request Certificate
Step 7. Once you have generated a CSR you can use it to order the certificate
from a certificate authority. If you don't already have a favorite, you can
compare SSL features from each provider using our SSL Wizard or by
comparing cheap SSL certificates, Wildcard Certificates, or EV
certificates. Once you paste the contents of the CSR and complete the
ordering process, your order is validated, and you will receive the SSL
certificate file.

Installing the Certificate

To install your newly acquired SSL certificate in IIS 7, first copy the file somewhere
on the server and then follow these instructions:

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate See Procuring and Installing CA Certificate section.
To install the certificate

Step 1. Click on the Start menu, go to Administrative Tools, and click on Internet
Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Step 2. Click on the name of the server in the Connections column on the left.
Double-click on Server Certificates.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 361

 IIS Manger
Step 3. In the Actions column on the right, click on Complete Certificate
Request...as shown below.

IIS Manger
Step 4. Click the button with the three dots and select the server certificate that
you received from the certificate authority. If the certificate doesn't have

362 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 a .cer file extension, select to view all types. Enter any friendly name you
want so you can keep track of the certificate on this server. Click OK.

Complete Certificate request

Step 5. If successful, you will see your newly installed certificate in the list. If you
receive an error stating that the request or private key cannot be found,
make sure you are using the correct certificate and that you are installing
it to the same server that you generated the CSR on. If you are sure of
those two things, you may just need to create a new Certificate Request
and reissue/replace the certificate. Contact your certificate authority if
you have problems with this.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 363

 IIS manger-Server Certificate

Bind the Certificate to a website

Step 1. In the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window, expand the server
node under Connections pane.
Step 2. Navigate to Sites > Default Web Site.
Step 3. Click Bindings in the right-most pane. The Site Bindings dialog appears.

Site Bindings Dialog

Step 4. Click on the Add...button
Step 5. Change the Type to https and then select the SSL certificate that you
just installed. Click OK.

Add Site Bindings

364 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 6. You will now see the binding for port 443 listed. Click Close.

Install any Intermediate Certificates

Most SSL providers issue server certificates off of an Intermediate certificate so
you will need to install this Intermediate certificate to the server as well or your vis-
itors will receive a Certificate Not Trusted Error. You can install each Intermediate
certificate (sometimes there is more than one) using these instructions:

Step 1. Download the intermediate certificate to a folder on the server.

Step 2. Double click the certificate to open the certificate details.
Step 3. At the bottom of the General tab, click the Install Certificate button to
start the certificate import wizard. Click Next.

Certificate

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 365

 Step 4. Select Place all certificates in the following store and click Browse.

Certificate Import Wizard

Step 5. Check the Show physical stores checkbox, then expand the Intermediate
Certification Authorities folder, select the Local Computer folder beneath
it. Click OK.
Step 6. Click Next, then Finish to finish installing the intermediate certificate.

Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and
MAXPRO Mobile app
Changing the default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile
app is a two step process:
• Changing the port 443 on the MAXPRO NVR.
• Changing the port in the MAXPRO Mobile app and MAXPRO Web Client.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app share a common port. Different
ports cannot be assigned to the Web Client and Mobile app.

366 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Step 1: Changing the Default Port 443 on the MAXPRO NVR
By default, Port 443 is configured for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO
Mobile app to connect to the NVR. If you need to modify the default port, perform
the following procedure. If you require further assistance, please contact your Net-
work Administrator.

Step 1. Double-click on the desktop. The MAXPRO Web Configurator dialog

box appears. By default the System Configuration tab is selected.
Step 2. Click the Server Configuration tab the following screen appears.

Server Configuration
Step 3. Under Port Configuration:
• Http Port: If you want to change the http default port 80 to some other port
number then type the required port number and click Apply.
• Https Port: If you want to change the https default port 443 to some other
port number then type the required port number and click Apply.

Note: Port change option in the configurator tool is available from 3.1 Build 65 Rev C or
higher version.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 367

Step 2: Changing the Port in the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app

Step 1. Launch MAXPRO Mobile by tapping on your mobile device.

Step 2. Before you log on: Tap + in the right hand side to add NVR
Step 3. Add the MAXPRO NVR Server:
• Select whether you want to connect through Remote network or Local
network
• In the name field, enter the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the
NVR.
• In the IP Address field, type the IP address/Host Name of the unit
• Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.
• Tap Add.
To change the port in MAXPRO NVR Web Client:
• Type the URL https://<MAXPRO NVR Server IP or Computer/Machine
name>:<PORT>/MAXPROWEB/ in your web browser and then press Enter.
The log In page appears.

Note: <MAXPRO NVR Server IP or Computer/Machine name> needs to be replaced by the

IP address or Computer/Machine name (as applicable) of the MAXPRO NVR Server
machine on which both the Web Server and the NVR Server are installed by default.
<PORT> needs to be replaced by the new port. For example: if the port is changed to
1024 with the steps above, enter the URL as https://74.x.x.x:1024/MAXPROWEB/

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Viewing the Certificate Information

If you see the below security message then it may not be from the valid certificate
authority and it would be the case of self signed. It is recommended to exercise
caution and verify the certificate and check whether the certificate details are
matching with the server machine.

To verify the certificate details:

368 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Click Continue to this web site (not recommended) link to proceed. The
NVR Web Login page is displayed.
Step 2. Click Certificate Error as shown below. The Mismatch Address pop up
message is displayed.

Program Maintenance
Step 3. Click View Certificate. The Certificate dialog box is displayed.

Certificate dialog
Step 4. Verify the following fields to check whether it is matching with the details
of Server machine.
• Issued to

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 369

 • Issued By
• Valid From
Step 5. Click the Details tab and then check other details.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

370 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 CHAPTER

10 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP

Introduction
This chapter describes how to connect to a MAXPRO® NVR using the MAX-
PRO®NVR Mobile app on an Apple® or Android™ mobile devices. It also covers how
to install the app and creating the users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app.
With MAXPRO NVR Mobile App, you can perform every day video surveillance tasks
such as:
• Configure and Logon using Touch ID (For Fingerprint recognition supported
mobile device only). Fingerprint Authentication login is supported for both
Android and IOS devices.
• HIS Streaming support where you can view live video if you have not installed
valid/trusted certificate.
• One time configuration for both Local and Remote connection.
• Live video view to monitor your house, facility, customers or employees.
• Digital zoom in and zoom out for full screen view in landscape or portrait.
• Playback or search for recorded video by date and time.
• Take a snapshot of a live or recorded video frame and use as an image.
• Create favorite salvos (cameras up to 3x3 on tablets and 2x4 on phones per
salvo).
• Perform PTZ control through Presets.
• Monitor & Manage Alarms.
• Search for MAXPRO NVR and download the FREE app at the Apple® iTunes®
App Store or Google Play. For NVR 3.5 SP1 or older version search for:
MAXPRO Mobile.

Enhancements in NVR 5.0 Release

• Support for New Mobile app versions
• For Android: 1.3.0 (100030004)

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 371

 • For IOS: 1.3.0 (100030001)
• New Supported OS: minSDKVersion = 21
The following table explains the features available in MAXPRO NVR Apps and
MAXPRO Mobile Apps:

MAXPRO NVR Mobile app Installation

The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app is compatible with MAXPRO NVR v4.0 or later ver-
sions.

Minimum Requirements
The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app minimum requirements are:
• Apple iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch running IOS 8 and later
• Android phones and tablets running v4.4 and later
• Internet connection to the MAXPRO NVR
• Wifi or 3G/4G connection for the Apple or Android device

372 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 The following table depicts the minimum bandwidth required for MAXPRO NVR
mobile app to function normally:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 373

Installing the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app
Step 1. Download the app by searching for MAXPRO NVR Mobile from the
appropriate mobile app store, either the Apple App Store or the Google
Play Store (https://play.google.com/).

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Step 2. When the application is successfully installed, the Honeywell MAXPRO

374 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Mobile icon appears on the device.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Typical Network Configuration and Settings

The System Diagram figure shows a typical system setup. In applications where the
mobile device connects to the MAXPRO NVR through a public router, you must
configure port forwarding on the router as shown in the port forwarding table.
Please contact your Network Administrator for assistance.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 375

 System Diagram

Up to three mobile devices can be used simultaneously to view video from the NVR.

Note:
• The default ports for the Mobile app on MAXPRO NVR is 80 and 443. See the
Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app section on
page 366 for instructions on how to change the port number if Port 80, 443 is
already used or if there is more than one MAXPRO NVR behind the router in
the network.
• Video to the Mobile app is always transmitted over HTTP and Non-video data
is always transmitted over HTTPS.
• Please ensure ports required for both video and non-video data are
considered in any port forwarding settings required.

Public Router IP External MAXPRO NVR IP Internal

Address Port Address Port
74.xxx 80 192.168.1.101 80
74.xxx 443 192.168.1.101 443

376 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app
The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app uses a non-Windows authentication. You need to
create non-Windows users in NVR to allow access from authorized mobile device
users.

Step 1. Launch MAXPRO NVR (double-click the MAXPRO NVR icon on your
desktop).
Step 2. On the Configurator tab, select the User tab, then click Add at the bottom.

• Double-click User in the User Name column. Type in a name for the MAXPRO
Mobile user. This is the name that will be used to log on to the mobile device
to connect to the MAXPRO NVR.
• (Optional) Double-click in the User Description column to add an
appropriate description (for example, Mobile app operator).
• In the Role drop-down list, select the appropriate user permission (for
example, Operator, as shown above).
• Select the Password Never Expire check box if you do not want to change the
password periodically.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 377

 • Select Anonymization Check box to use the Privacy Protection feature
(GDPR Favored). See Privacy Protection Settings section for more
information.

Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings

• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application, then user will not be able to
see the video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client. An error message is
displayed.
• Anonymization is not supported in Web. If user is tries to see Anonymized
video and also camera Anonymized option is enabled then an error message
“Trying to access Anonymized Stream” is displayed.
• If Four Eye Authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will
not be able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client
• When an Operator (non-admin) logs into the Web Client and tries to view
playback for any video then an error message “Four Eye authentication
Privilege Failure” is displayed.

Selecting the Cameras to be Remotely Viewed

Step 1. Provide access for the MAXPRO Mobile user to selected cameras, as
required.
• Select the required cameras in the Available List, then click the right arrow to
move them to the Associated List.

378 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Click Save.

Adding the MAXPRO NVR to the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app

In the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app, you must add the MAXPRO NVR so that you can
view video.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 379

 Step 1. Launch MAXPRO NVR Mobile by tapping on your mobile device.

Step 2. Before you log on: Tap in the right hand side to view the available NVRs
or to add new NVR.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

380 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 In the Add Recorder screen:

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap to add a new NVR Recorder. Tap to add a new NVR Recorder

• In the NVR Name field, type the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the
NVR.
• In the Local IP field, type the local IP address/Host name of the unit.
• In the Remote IP field, type the remote IP address/Host name of the unit.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 381

 • Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Save to complete adding NVR Tap Save to complete adding NVR
Recorder. Recorder.

Step 3. Log on: You can Log on in two ways, Manual and Finger Print Touch ID.
(Finger Print Touch ID logon is supported only for IOS devices).
• For Manual Logon:
• In the Username field enter the name that was created for the mobile device
user in MAXPRO NVR (see the Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app
section on page 377).
• In the Password field enter the appropriate password.
• Under Connect to, ensure that your Recorder is selected or tap > to connect
to a different recorder.
• Select the Remember User Name check box If you want the app to remember
the User Name for your future login.
• (Only for Android Devices): Select the Validate Server Authenticity check box
If you want to validate the server.
• Tap on Terms at the bottom of the screen to read the EULA terms and
conditions.

382 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Sign In. Tap Log In.

• For Touch ID logon, see Logon using Touch ID (Fingerprint Authenticated) for more
information.

Logon using Touch ID (Fingerprint Authenticated)

Touch ID logon (For Fingerprint recognition supported mobile device only): This
feature is supported for fingerprint secured Android and IOS mobile devices. Maxi-
mum of 5 users fingerprints can be configured per mobile device. The first login
should be manual login and you need to enter the credentials manually. After that,
the succeeding logins can be based on fingerprint authentication. The Fingerprint
authentication logon option is displayed after the first manual logon. You can see
the fingerprint icon on the bottom left corner of the login screen. Touch ID logon
feature is supported for both Android and IOS devices.To use the Touch ID logon
facility user needs to verify the Touch ID

Verifying the Touch ID

Pre-requisite:
To verify the Touch ID configuration, it is assumed that the user should have con-
figured the Fingerprint authentication under Settings to unlock the mobile. Refer
corresponding Mobile (IOS) user manuals to set the Fingerprint based authentica-
tion to unlock.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 383

 Step 1. Manually logon to the MAXPRO app and then navigate to Settings
screen as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Settings.

384 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 2. Tap the toggle button to turn on the Touch ID Login as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 385

 Step 3. Once the Touch ID login is ON, the Configure Touch ID screen is
displayed as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Verify My Fingerprint to start Tap Verify My Fingerprint to start
verifying the fingerprint. verifying the fingerprint.

Step 4. Follow the instructions on the screen during the verification process. You
need to touch and hold the Home button multiple times to verify the
fingerprint. If the verification is successful then the Success message is
displayed as shown.

386 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Apple mobile device Android mobile device
Tap Done to complete. Tap Done to complete.

Step 5. Tap Done to complete the configuration. Fingerprint authentication

option is now displayed as highlighted below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 387

 Step 6. Place your finger on the Fingerprint icon as highlighted above. You will be
logged in to MAXPRO app.

Note: Ensure that the first logon should be Manual logon.

Enable HIS Streaming

HIS Streaming feature allows you to view the live video even if you dont have valid
certificate installed on the server for secure connection. You can still view the live
video frame by frame to ensure you are surveillance process is smooth and contin-
uous. By default HIS Streaming feature is enabled in the app. This feature detects
your trusted certificate status automatically and intimates if you are viewing live
video through HIS Streaming. You can use HIS streaming in the following scenar-
ios:
• if you have not installed valid/trusted certificate on the Server.
• if your trusted certificate is expired.
By default HIS Streaming is enabled in Settings screen as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Adding Multiple NVR Recorders

To add additional NVR on the mobile app:

Note: Maximum 20 NVR configurations are allowed.

388 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Tap on the login screen. The list of already saved NVRs under My
Recorders screen is displayed.

Step 2. Tap . The Add Recorder screen is displayed.

Step 3. Add the MAXPRO NVR Recorder as follows:
• In the NVR Name field, type the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the
NVR.
• In the Local IP field, type the local IP address/Host name of the unit.
• In the Remote IP field, type the remote IP address/Host name of the unit.
• Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.
Step 4. Repeat the step 1 through step 3 to add multiple NVR Recorders.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Save to complete adding NVR Tap Save to complete adding NVR
Recorder. Recorder.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 389

Editing NVR Recorder Details
To edit the NVR Recorder details:

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap . The already saved NVRs are Tap . The already saved NVRs are
displayed. displayed
On the required NVR recorder, gently On the required NVR recorder, gently
swipe to right-side. The Edit and Delete swipe to right-side. The Edit and Delete
options are displayed as shown. options are displayed as shown.

390 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap on Edit. The Edit Recorder screen is Tap on Edit. The Edit Recorder screen is
displayed. displayed.
Modify the required details. Modify the required details.
Tap Save once you modify the details. Tap Save once you modify the details.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 391

Deleting the Saved NVR Recorders
To delete the saved NVR Recorders:

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap . The already saved NVRs are Tap . The already saved NVRs are
displayed. displayed.
On the required NVR recorder, gently On the required NVR recorder, gently
swipe to right-side. The Edit and Delete swipe to right-side. The Edit and Delete
options are displayed as shown. options are displayed as shown.
Tap Delete to delete the existing NVR Tap Delete to delete the existing NVR
server. A warning message is displayed. server. A warning message is displayed.
Tap Yes to delete Or Tap Cancel to retain. Tap Yes to delete Or Tap Cancel to retain.

Changing Default Port 443

To change the default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO NVR
Mobile app, see the Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile
app section on page 366 for more information.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority that
would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of using
self-signed certificate. See Procuring and Installing CA Certificate section.

Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings in MAXPRO Mobile App

• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application then user will not be able to
see the video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client and an error message is
displayed.

392 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • If Four eye authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will
not be able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 393

 This page is intentionally left blank

394 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 APPENDIX

A APPENDIX A

Customizing IP Address and Machine Name and

Scheduling Metadata and Database Backup
Changing the Default IP address and Machine Name
See the Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name section on page 86 for more
information.

Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

A common batch file is created for taking the scheduled metadata and database
backup.
The following sections describe the procedures to setup scheduled metadata and
database backup.

Note: It is recommended to set up scheduled backups of Metadata and Database with the
below steps if they are not already configured on your NVR. The backups can be used
to recover a system anytime later in case of a failure or if the OS drive is reimaged with
a recovery disk, please contact Technical Support for assistance. Please note the
below steps do not include backup or recovery of the Video Storage drives containing
the raw video data. Below is the recommended configuration:
a. Separate Metadata partition (For example M:) of 50 GB or higher size on the
non-OS hard drive. Metadata can be pointed to the separate partition
during the install/upgrade.
b. The database backup is recommended to be pointed to the Metadata
partition.
c. The Metadata backup is recommended to be pointed to the OS partition.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 395

Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata and Database
In this scenario, create a scheduled task that helps in taking either a daily backup
or a weekly backup or a monthly back up of the metadata based on your require-
ment.

Step 1. On the Microsoft Windows® 7 computer, right-click the Computer

option, and click Manage in the context menu as shown in the following
figure.

The Computer Management window appears.

Computer Management

396 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 2. Right-click Task Scheduler on the left pane, and click Create Basic Task
in the context menu as shown in the following figure.

Task Scheduler

The Create a Basic Task dialog box appears.

Create Basic Task

Step 3. Type the Name of the task.
Step 4. Type a Description for the task.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 397

 Step 5. Click Next. The Task Trigger dialog box appears.

Task Trigger
Step 6. Select the Daily option. You can select other options based on your
requirement.
Step 7. Click Next. The Daily dialog box appears.

Daily Dialog
Step 8. In the Start box, select the start date and time of the task.
Step 9. Select the Synchronize across time zones check box to synchronize the
time across different time zones.
Step 10. Type the days in Recur every, to run the task periodically.

398 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 11. Click Next. The Action dialog box appears.

Action dialog
Step 12. Select the Start a Program option.
Step 13. Click Next. The Start a Program dialog box appears.

Start a Program
Step 14. Select the Program/script that is required to run the task. Click Browse
and choose the .bat file - TakeNVRBackup.bat.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 399

 TakeNVRbackup.bat file is available in the path C:\Install\BackupData for NVRs
with v3.5 or later version.

Note: Please save the batch file (if you make any changes) in the following location:
C:\Install\BackupData\TakeNVRBackup.bat. The following are the two new entries in
the .bat file set BackupDBDrive=M: set BackupMetaDataDrive=C. By default the
Backup Database (BackupDB) is stored in M drive and the Metadata
(BackupMetaData) is stored in C drive. It is recommended to choose M and C drive for
DB and Metadata backup, but you can choose your own drives (for example: E, D, H
drives) to store the backup file.
@echo off
echo
****************************************************************
echoBatch File to take MAXPRONVR Metadata and Database Backup
echo
****************************************************************
REM
****************************************************************
REM To Change the Backup Drive please change the value below
set BackupDBDrive=M:
set BackupMetaDataDrive=C:
REM
****************************************************************

Note: To change the Backup Drive, change the value of set BackupDBDrive=D:\.
Step 15. Click Next after you have selected the above batch file. The Summary
dialog box appears.
Step 16. Verify the information, and then click Finish.

Meta Data Conversion Utility

Meta data conversion utility is used for updating the unique ID number of a cam-
era in a primary/redundant box. You can use this utility only if you are opting for
Redundancy feature.
You need to run this utility before configuring the Redundancy feature in MAXPRO
VMS and ensure that all the Primary NVR boxes are updated with proper unique
IDs for the cameras.
This utility updates the unique system ID number of the recorded clips and Meta
data details for all or specific cameras. It retains your recorded clips and Meta data
details during Failover /Failback operations. This allows a user to effectively play-
back the recorded clip without loss of video. You can also define a new Unique ID
for all or required cameras based on the existing Unique IDs.
Meta data conversion utility is available in Bin folder of the installation path and
you need to run this utility in each NVR box individually to update the unique sys-
tem number. This utility is applicable only for existing MAXPRO NVR 4.0 Build 87 H
solution box.

400 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Offline Mode
You can also use this utility to synchronize the Unique ID in offline mode for spe-
cific cameras. Offline Mode option enables you to update the unique ID manually if
you have modified/updated the unique ID only in one NVR box (such as Primary
box). To synchronize the unique ID number in both the primary and redundant box
you need to run this utility in the Redundant NVR box.
For example for an existing Redundancy User: After Failover/Failback operation, if
you have modified/updated the Unique ID in Primary box and the same in not
updated in the Redundant box then you cannot playback the clips when the system
was in Failover/Failback mode. You need to run this utility in the Redundant box in
order to synchronize the IDs and to playback the clips without interruption. See How
to update the Unique ID in Offline Mode section on page 404.

How to access the Meta Data Conversion Utility

To access the Meta Data Conversion Utility

Step 1. Navigate to the MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installation path (C:\Program Files
(x86)\Honeywell\TrinityFramework\Bin) folder and then click the Meta
Data Conversion Utility. The login screen appears as shown below.

Meta Data Conversion Utility Login

Step 2. Type the Username and Password in box provided.
Or
Select the Is Windows User to login using windows default credentials.

Note: Select the Is Windows User check box for logging on using the Windows
authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If the Is
Windows User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user name and password is
used for authentication. Ensure that you avoid using the @ character in your
password.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 401

 Step 3. Click Login. The Meta Data Conversion Utility home screen appears a
shown below.

Meta Data Conversion Utility

Updating the Unique system ID for all Cameras

To update the Unique system ID for all cameras

Step 1. Access and launch the Meta Data Conversion Utility as explained in How
to access the Meta Data Conversion Utility section on page 401. By default the
Recorded Clips Location and Meta data location is updated with your
default path.

Step 2. Click to add additional location for Recorded Clips Location.

Or

Click to delete any Recorded Clips Location.

Step 3. Click to browse and update the existing Meta data path.
Step 4. Click All Cameras option.
Step 5. In the Start System Number box, type the starting number for all the
cameras.
Step 6. Click Next. The next screen for the utility is displayed and the New Unique
ID for all the cameras is updated automatically from the start number
defined as shown below.

402 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Define Unique ID screen
Step 7. Click Run to execute the utility.
Or
Click Back togo back to home screen to change the settings.

Updating the Unique system ID for Specific Cameras

To update the Unique system ID for Specific Cameras

Step 1. Perform step 1 through step 3 of Updating the Unique system ID for all Cameras
section on page 402.
Step 2. Click Specific Camera(s) option, and then click Next. The next screen for
the utility is displayed and the New Unique ID column for all the cameras
is displayed blank as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 403

 Updating Unique ID
Step 3. Scroll up and down to view the specific cameras and then type the
required New Unique ID in the corresponding box.
Step 4. Click Run to execute the utility.
Or
Click Reset to reset all ID.

How to update the Unique ID in Offline Mode

To update the unique ID in offline mode

404 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. In the Meta Data Conversion Utility home page, click Specific Camera(s)
option, and then select the Offline Mode check box as shown below.

Offline Mode
Step 2. Click Next. The next screen for the utility is displayed and the New Unique
ID column for all the cameras is displayed blank as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 405

 Offline Updating Unique ID
Step 3. Scroll up and down to view the specific cameras to update the unique ID
and then type the required New Unique ID in the corresponding box.
Step 4. Click Run to execute the utility.
Or
Click Reset to reset all ID.

How to Enable Video on demand feature in MAXPRO NVR

Step 1. Launch the Registry Editor Window.
Step 2. Navigate to the below registry path HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE-
>SOFTWARE->Wow6432Node->Honeywell->MaxproNVR-
>TrinityFramework.
Step 3. Locate OnDemandLiveStreaming parameter and in the Data column.
Step 4. By default value is 0 means its not enabled, If user want to enable Video
on demand feature it must be set to 1 as shown below. Change the
0x00000000 (0) value to 0x00000000 (1)

406 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 5. Restart the PC and both the NEO (NEO 1 and 2) services for the changes
to take effect.

Note: In VMS no need to perform any settings or config changes to enable VOD feature. No
recordings will take place in NVR once Video On Demand feature is enabled.

How to Enable the Camera Stream

To Enable/Disable cameras and Enable Camera stream Redirect to NVR in ISOM

Step 1. Navigate the path in NVR C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\UVISOM.

Step 2. Open web.config file in notepad and check the below 2 entries:
<add key="RedirectStreamtoNVR" value="0"/>
<add key="EnableDisableCamera" value="0"/>
Step 3. By default both are set to "0". means it is disabled. To enable the feature
change the value from 0 to 1 as highlighted below.

Note: Once Video On Demand is configured to be used in MAXPRO NVR then Enable/
Disable camera feature can be turned off.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 407

 To enable this feature in MAXPRO VMS Server then perform the following steps:

Step 1. Navigate the path in VMS C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\UVISOM.

Step 2. Repeat the step 2 to step 3 of How to Enable the Camera Stream section.

Note: Make sure MAXPRO Web client is working.

408 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 APPENDIX

B APPENDIX B

Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye

Cameras
For Oncam Grandeye Evolution Cameras
Camera Type Resolution Best fps (MAX)(H.264)

Evolution 1056x960 15

2144x1944 10

1448x1360 15

528x480 15

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras

Characteristic Camera Type Comments

Camera provides variable fps. Halocam As per Grandeye, fps varies and
Example: For highest resolution, cannot go beyond the
2144x1944, maximum fps a maximum value, 3. This is the
camera can provide is 3. On design specific behavior of the
several occasions, it is seen that camera.
fps varies from 1 to 3, and very
rarely a camera provides
3 fps.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 409

 Characteristic Camera Type Comments

Camera provides variable fps. Evolution As per Grandeye, fps varies and
Example: For highest resolution, cannot go beyond the
2144x1944, maximum fps a maximum value 10. This is the
camera can provide is 10. design specific behavior of the
On several occasions, it is seen camera.
that fps varies from 6 to 10, and
very rarely a camera provides
10 fps.

Before streaming, the active Evolution As per Grandeye this is the

Camera stream (Resolution) must design specific behavior of the
be set in the Camera Web page. camera.
In MAXPRO NVR, if you do not
select the active stream, video is
not displayed.

VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording

Configuration
VMD setup consists of:
• Event-based recording configuration on MAXPRO NVRs.
• Server VMD (SMART VMD) settings on all video devices supported in MAXPRO
NVR.
• Built-in VMD (Camera based VMD) settings on Honeywell IP cameras.

Overview of MAXPRO NVR Recording Options

Each IP camera configured in the NVR can be set for Continuous (background)
recording, event-based recording, or both.
When using event-based recording, Honeywell recommends that you:
• Set up recording on events at a higher frame rate
• Set up continuous (background) recording at a lower frame rate
Continuous (background) recording at a lower frame rate and event-based record-
ing with boosted higher frame rate ensure that:
• Video recording is not missed in the event that the motion is not sufficient to
trigger a VMD event on the camera; that is, the motion does not meet the
configured VMD threshold on the camera.
• Video records longer than pre and post event recording with the lower frame
rate; that is, Continuous (background) recorded video provides better forensics.

410 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 MAXPRO NVR supports recording at different frame rates for each camera using a
single live stream from the camera and recording quality settings. The NVR
Recording Quality Setting options for Continuous (background) and Event record-
ing are:
• Same as Live
• Every IFrame
• Every Second IFrame
• Every Third IFrame.

Example:
For a camera configured in the NVR with these settings:
• FPS = 5
• GOP = 5
• Record Quality Setting: Background/Continuous Recording = Every IFrame
• Event Based Recording = Same as Live
The result is a Continuous (background) record rate of 1 FPS and a boosted event-
based record rate of 5 FPS.

Note:
• A combination of continuous and event-based recording from a camera can
be achieved using the relationship between Frames Per Second (FPS) and
Group Of Pictures (GOP).
• FPS is a measure of the images every second from the camera, while GOP
determines how frames are sequenced.
• Every GOP starts with an I-frame (full image) and is followed by smaller
images which are relative to the images preceding it. So, for a GOP of 5 there
will be one I-frame for every 5 frames.

Note:
The following figure shows an example of three seconds of video at 5 FPS and 5
GOP.

I-frame Example

The NVR record Quality Settings for Continuous (background) and Event recording
can be used to achieve different level of FPS by selecting one of the following
options.
• Same as Live: Every frame is recorded (5 FPS in the example)

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 411

 • Every I-frame: Every I-frame is recorded (1 FPS in the example)
• Every Second Iframe: Every second I-frame is recorded (1 frame every 2 seconds
in the example)
• Every Third Iframe: Every third I-frame is recorded (1 frame every 3 seconds in
the example)
For more detailed information on the relationship between FPS and GOP and
example settings to achieve different frame rates, refer to the table below:

Note: GOP value below 5 may not be achieved from all the cameras.

Configuring the Pre and Post Event Recording Settings

See the Event Recording Settings section on page 163 for more information on config-
uring the pre and post event recording settings.

412 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring Camera Settings for VMD-Based Recording
Step 1. Click the Configurator tab and then the Camera tab to open the Camera
configuration page.

Camera configuration page

• For built-in (Camera-based) VMD configuration, open the camera web page
by clicking Launch Web View for Advanced Setup. See the Configuring Built-in
VMD section on page 414 for more information.

• For Server-based VMD (SMART VMD) configuration, select the Enable

SMART VMD check box and click Configure. See the Server VMD (SMART VMD)
section on page 414 for more information.

Note: Built-in (Camera-based) VMD support in NVR is based on the type of device
integration and may not be supported for all devices. Please refer to the MAXPRO
NVR compatibility list on HOTA website (http://www.security.honeywell.com/hota/)
for details. Server VMD (SMART VMD) is supported for all video devices supported by
NVR.
Step 2. Select a camera to configure the following items in the Camera pane:
• Continuous Recording (default=24x7): In the Continuous Recording drop-
down list, select the appropriate value. Honeywell recommends 24x7 for
continuous recording. There are several standard options for scheduled
recording. You can define additional schedules in the Schedules tab.
• Event Based Recording (default=NONE): In the Event based Recording drop-
down list, select the appropriate value. Select a setting other than NONE to
activate event-based recording. The typical setting would be 24x7. There are
also several standard options for scheduled recording. You can define
additional schedules in the Schedules tab.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 413

Server VMD (SMART VMD)
See the Server VMD (SMART VMD) section on page 414 for more information.

Configuring Built-in VMD

To Congfigure Camera based VMD on Honeywell IP Cameras:
Use the Camera Web Client to configure VMD on the camera itself.
For motion detection, an Administrator can enable and configure up to five zones
within a scene. The enabled and configured zones are monitored for motion.

Step 1. Click the Video Analytics tab.

Step 2. Click the Region drop-down list in the Video Motion Detection pane, then
select a region from the five available.
Step 3. Click the VMD drop-down arrow, and then select Enable.
Step 4. The regions appear as colored rectangles in their default positions. Click
and drag the box to resize and place it over the camera image. This box is
the region of interest.
Step 5. Click Motion Threshold and then select the sensitivity level:
• Low (30%) (most sensitive)
• Medium (50%)
• High (80%) (least sensitive).
It is recommended that you use the medium sensitivity at 50% as the initial set-
ting. It can be further adjusted as explained in Fine Tuning the Video Motion Detection
section on page 414.
Step 6. Click Apply.

Note:
• To ensure that the VMD settings have been applied, navigate to another tab,
and then back to the Video Settings tab. Check the VMD settings for the
changes you made.
• In the unlikely event that the VMD settings are not applied, please try to log
off from the software and log on again. Then repeat step 1 through step 5
above.

Disabling Motion Detection

To disable a zone, click the VMD drop-down arrow and then select Disable.

Fine Tuning the Video Motion Detection

For optimum results, adjust the VMD configuration to match the camera field of
view, regions of interest and other factors. The recommended configuration proce-
dure is:

414 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 1. Identify areas in the image where motion detection alarms should be
triggered. In some applications, motion anywhere in the image needs to
be reported. In other applications, you may wish to monitor specific
areas such as doors, parking lot entrances, or other areas of interest.
Step 2. Select one of the five available regions for each area of interest and draw
the
region-of-interest box for that region to fully cover the area of interest.
Tip: The camera only measures motion inside the drawn box. For example, a person
or vehicle moving along the boundary of the box may or may not trigger an alarm,
because their motion is only partially evaluated. Therefore, it is important to adjust
the region-of-interest boxes to fully cover the required areas of interest.
Step 3. Test your initial configuration setup by observing VMD performance to
ensure that relevant scene motion triggers alarms and to ensure that the
camera is not reporting false alarms (such as VMD alarms triggered due
to image noise). In cameras with a wide field of view, or when activity
happens far away from the camera, people and vehicles may appear
rather small in the image. In such cases, it may not be possible to apply a
single area of interest to the whole field of view to reliably detect motion.
In such cases, Honeywell recommends covering the camera view with
multiple, smaller region-of-interest boxes, concentrating on specific
areas where motion alarms are important, such as entrances, restricted
access areas, and so on.
Step 4. Use the medium sensitivity of 50% as the initial setting. You can adjust
this further if required.
Note: Observe VMD performance in all expected lighting conditions after the initial
configuration is applied. Ensure that relevant scene motion triggers alarms and
ensure that the camera is not reporting false alarms (such as VMD alarms triggered
due to image noise).

Increasing VMD Sensitivity

If the relevant scene motion does not trigger VMD alarms, try the following adjust-
ments to increase VMD sensitivity.
• Decrease the sensitivity level from 80% to 50%, or from 50% to 30%. This
change causes smaller objects to trigger alarms and it requires smaller
contrast level to report an alarm. This should be the primary adjustment
mechanism.
• Reduce the size of the region-of-interest box and, if needed, add more
regions. Note that this adjustment causes smaller objects to also trigger
VMD alarms.
Tip: After VMD sensitivity is increased, observe the performance in other lighting
conditions in case further tuning is required to prevent false alarms.

Decreasing VMD Sensitivity

If VMD alarms are triggered even when there is no motion and no significant
changes in the video, try the following adjustments to decrease VMD sensitivity.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 415

 • Increase the sensitivity level from 30% to 50%, or from 50% to 80%. This
primary adjustment mechanism increases the required contrast level (or
amount of noise) required to trigger an alarm. Higher sensitivity levels also
require larger amounts of motion to be observed before a VMD alarm is
triggered.
• Increase the size of the region-of-interest box. This adjustment prevents
smaller objects (or smaller areas of noise) from triggering VMD alarms.

VMD Configuration Examples

The sensitivity level examples below are provided only for illustration. Other factors
such as lighting level, contrast, and image noise may affect VMD performance and
may require further tuning adjustments as described above.
Normal Field of View
In a normal field of view, with a person walking in front of the camera, the maxi-
mum recommended region-of-interest box sizes would be as shown by the red
boxes.

Sensitivity Level Comparison: Normal Field of View

Wide Field of View

In a wide field of view camera, the car shown below (Sensitivity Level Comparison:
Wide Field of View)would be expected to trigger a VMD alarm if the VMD region-of-
interest box is not larger than indicated by the red box.

Sensitivity Level Comparison: Wide Field of View

Combination Field of View

For cameras with a wide-angle field of view covering a large outdoor scene, people
who walk far away from the camera might appear rather small in the image. If
motion needs to be detected in the entire field of view, the following region-of-
interest box configuration is recommended.

416 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 • Three smaller boxes, set to 30% sensitivity, covering the upper portion of the
image where people appear small.
• Two larger boxes, set to 50% sensitivity, covering the lower portion of the
image where objects appear larger.
Combination Field of View Example illustrates a typical region-of-interest box con-
figuration in a combination field of view.

Combination Field of View Example

Event and Alarm Types

This section describes about the various default Event and Alarm types with sever-
ity level for Camera, Recorder and SMART VMD.

Camera Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the 17 default camera level Events and Alarm types
with description and severity level.
The EventSeverity level above 50 is an alarm and below 50 is an event.
See the Setting the Alarm Threshold Value section on page 140 to set the Alarm Severity
Threshold value.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

3 Camera User Recording Started 20

4 Camera User Recording Completed 20

5 Camera Disconnected 40

6 Camera Connected 40

7 Camera Continuous Recording Disabled 20

8 Camera Continuous Recording Enabled 20

9 Camera Event Recording Started 30

10 Camera Event Recording Completed 30

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 417

 EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

11 Camera Disabled 20

12 Camera Enabled 20

13 Camera User Recording Error 30

14 Camera NoMotion Detected 40

15 Camera Motion Detected 40

16 Camera Motion Started 40

17 Camera Motion Stopped 30

18 Camera Motion Stopped in all regions 10

139 ExternalInput2 40

Video Analytics Events

The following table displays the 5 default Video Analytics Events with description
and severity level. New EquIP series model cameras (HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G,
HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN) generates the follow-
ing events.

Note: User need to configure the following events in the camera web page to view in the
Alarms window.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

2066 Face Detected 40

Tamper Detected

Audio Detected

Device SD Card Full

Device SD Card Failure

Recorder Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the 4 default Recorder level Events and Alarm types
with description and severity level.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

1 Recorder Connected 70

2 Recorder Disconnected 70

22 Low disk space 70

27 Missing Storage Drive 50

418 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

33 Low Archival Disk Space 70

34 Missing Archival Drive 50

SMART VMD Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the default SMART VMD level Events and Alarm types
with description and severity level.

EventID Event Description EventSeverity

28 SMART VMD Connected 40

29 SMART VMD Disconnected 40

Configuring Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms

H4L6GR2 and HBL6GR2 camera models support both Intrusion Trace and Loiter-
ing Trace Alarms. User needs to configure these alarms in specific camera web
page. You need to first upgrade the firmware of the camera and then configure the
alarms.

How to upgrade the Firmware of a camera

Step 1. Launch the required camera web page.
Step 2. Click the Setup tab.
Step 3. On the left pane, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The Upgrade page
is displayed as shown below.

Upgrade Firmware - Setup Page

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 419

 Step 4. Click Import to import the Latest Firmware file and then click Upgrade.

How to configure Loitering Trace Alarm

Note: You can configure and use only one alarm license at once. If you want to view another
type of alarm then uninstall the previous firmware, install the required firmware and
then configure the alarm.
Tip: The below procedure is also applicable to configure the Intrusion Trace Alarms.

Step 1. After the camera firmware upgrade is done, in the camera web page nav-
igate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is displayed
on the left side as shown below.

Smart Plan Setup Page

Step 2. Under Smart Plan, turn ON the Extensional smart function option. The
Extensional smart function tab is enabled.
Step 3. Click the Extensional smart function tab to view the LoiterTrace alarms
as shown below.

420 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Extensional smart function page
Step 4. Click Open. The Xtralis authentication window is displayed as shown
below.

Xtralis Login
Step 5. Enter the credentials and then click OK. The LoiterTrace page is
displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 421

 Loiter Trace Page
Step 6. Under Configure > Calibrate tab:
a. Click Take Snapshot under Current front marker to take the snapshot and
adjust the viewer on the right pane as shown below.

Loiter Trace Configuration

b. Click Take Snapshot under Current back marker to take the snapshot and
adjust the viewer on the right pane as shown below

422 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Loiter Trace - Calibrate
c. Click Save once done.
Step 1. Under Configure > Zones tab:

a. Add and edit the detection zones and masking zones.

b. Drag to move the zones and circles to change the shapes as shown below.
c. Click Save once done.

Loiter Trace - Zones

Step 1. Under Configure > Parameters tab:

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 423

 a. Set the global parameters as shown below.

Loiter Trace - Parameters

b. Click Save once done.
Step 1. Once the configuration is done, click the Live tab. The Live View tab is
displayed.
Step 2. Click Start Loiter Logging button at the bottom of page to start loitering
process. Based on the global parameters set the loiter alarms are
generated and displayed on the left pane as shown below. These alarms
are also generated in MAXPRO NVR > Alarms window.
Similarly you can configure the Intrusion Trace Alarms.

Loiter Trace - Live View Logs

424 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and
Configuration (using ONVIF)
This section describes the steps to discover and configure the AXIS Camera/
Encoders as an ONVIF device in MAXPRO NVRs.
If you have questions concerning this document, please contact Honeywell Techni-
cal Support. See the back cover for contact information.

Step 1: Enable ONVIF Web Service on AXIS Camera/Encoder

Scenario Description
If you are unable to discover AXIS cameras/encoders using ONVIF compliance
standard in MAXPRO® NVR, ensure that ONVIF Web service is enabled and set up
on the AXIS device.
The above scenario is noticed if you log on to the camera web page (for example to
set the IP address on the AXIS device) prior to discovering and configuring the
device in NVR through ONVIF; as a result the ONVIF Webservice gets disabled
automatically.
Perform the steps in Option 1: Add a ONVIF user in the camera web page. section on page
426. or Option 2: Reset to factory default settings section on page 427 to enable ONVIF on
the AXIS devices.

Note: AXIS P1347 Network Camera is used as an example to show the steps required.
Perform similar steps for other AXIS ONVIF devices.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 425

Option 1: Add a ONVIF user in the camera web page.
Step 1. Log on to the AXIS camera web page. The AXIS camera home page
appears with live video.
Step 2. Click Setup and then navigate to System Options > ONVIF. The User List
dialog box appears.

User List

426 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Click the Add button. The ONVIF User Setup dialog box appears (see
Figure ).

ONVIF User Setup

Step 4. Type the user name and password in the respective boxes.
Step 5. Confirm the password and then click OK. The newly added user is
displayed in the User List box. Ensure that you enter the same User name
and Password in MAXPRO® NVR Discovery (Advance Settings) dialog
box.

Option 2: Reset to factory default settings

Step 1. Log on to the AXIS camera web page. The AXIS camera home page
appears with live video.
Step 2. Click Setup and then navigate to System Options > Maintenance. The
Server Maintenance page appears.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 427

 Server Maintenance
Step 3. In the Maintain Server area, click Restore. A confirmation box appears.

Step 4. Click OK.

Note: Restore operation resets all the parameters, except the IP and focus parameters, to
the original factory settings.
Step 5. Add and discover the AXIS camera in MAXPRO NVR using the default
user name root and password pass.

Step 2: Discover and Configure the AXIS Camera/Encoder in

MAXPRO® NVR
Step 1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays
by default.
Step 2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.

428 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 Step 3. Click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery screen is displayed.

Step 4. After the discovery, to add the AXIS cameras, first clear the check boxes
corresponding to all other cameras other than AXIS cameras.
Step 5. Select a AXIS camera that you want to add under. type the User Name and
Password of the third party AXIS camera as shown in the following
figure.See the Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 180 for
more information.

Note: The default user name is root and password is pass.

Axis Credentials
Step 6. Click Apply.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 429

 Step 7. In the Discover cameras here area, click Add to add the camera.

430 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 APPENDIX

C PATCHES RELEASED ON TOP OF

NVR 4.0

Overview
This chapter lists the various patches that are released on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0.
It also explains the enhancements that you can experience after installing the spe-
cific patch.
In this chapter...

Section See page...

AXIS Patch page C-431

Skylake Patch page C-431

AXIS Patch
Patch Version: (Build 87H_T2 patch)
Installation: To be installed on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Issues Fixed
The following are the issues fixed in this patch:
• AXIS camera stops responding after upgrading the firmware version to
6.30.1. This issues is fixed by providing AXIS new Firmware support 6.XXXX.
• Fixed the SMART VMD Issue: Recording is not in progress for the cameras
which are configured only for motion based recording. However, motion
based alarms are generated.

Skylake Patch
Patch Version: (NVR 4.0 SP1 Build 97)
Installation: To be installed on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 431

Release Highlights:
This Patch includes the following enhancements:

Step 1. Supports Sky-Lake Processor

Step 2. For Archival under Delete Archived Recordings After > Continuous
recording drop-down, new deletion schedules are implemented such as
2,3,4 and 5 years as highlighted below.

Step 3. Updated the Resolutions for Equip S2 series (HICC-2500MI, HIVDC-

2500MI) cameras.
Step 4. Updated the Number of Streams [3 Streams] for Equip S2 series (HICC-
2500MI, HIVDC-2500MI) cameras.
Step 5. Support for 15 Performance series camera s models.
Step 6. Limit for Rendering Camera can be increased in Registry. The default
value is 20. See How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera section for more
information.

Issues Fixed
The following are the issues fixed in this patch:

Step 1. Sandy-Bridge Issue: Provided the support to disable the GPU Rendering
feature from Preferences dialog box. See How to Disable the GPU Rendering
section for more information.
Step 2. I18N: Fixed the issue: Values are not displaying in the Archival drop-
down list in Polish language
Step 3. Fixed the Clip Player Day light Saving Time issue
Step 4. T2 Patch changes - Axis v6.0 support and fixed the SVMD issue
Step 5. Fixed the Incorrect GPU driver installation and the cameras are not
rendering issue.

432 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera
Step 1. Open the Registry Editor window.
Step 2. Navigate to
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Honeywell\Max
proNVR\TrinityFramework\Client and then double-click
GPU_CAMERA_LIMIT on the right pane. The Edit DWORD dialog box
appears as shown below.

Step 3. In the Value data field, modify the value based on your requirement and
then click OK. The default value is 20.

How to Disable the GPU Rendering

Step 1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu. The Preferences dialog
box is displayed. By default, the General Settings tab is selected.
Step 2. Click the Rendering Settings tab as shown below.

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 433

 Step 3. Select the Enable GPU Rendering check box to enable and to render
video using GPU.
OR
Clear the Enable GPU Rendering check box to disable GPU Rendering.

434 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

 INDEX

A Audio 53

Auto Add Cameras 130

Acknowledgement and Clearing of Alarms 242
Auto Discover Cameras 130
Adding Analog Cameras 170
Auto Discovery 48
Adding Arecont 360 Camera 165
Auto IP Assignment 130
Adding AXIS 360 Camera 163
Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips 194
Adding FLIR Camera 170
Auto-protection and Auto-updates 321
Adding IP Cameras/Encoders 139
AXIS Patch 355
Adding Oncam Grandeye Cameras 161
AXIS 360 Camera, Adding 163
Adding the Cameras 139

Admin 98

Advanced Discovery Settings 147, 185

B
Backing up the Metadata and Database 321
Advanced Security 53
Binding the generated certificate with https
Advantages 52 283, 292
Alarm Preview Pane 112
Alarm Threshold Value 113 C
Alternate DNS server 65 Camera Level Events and Alarm types 342
Analog Capture Card Support 49 Certifcate Information 296
Anonymization 44 Changing Default Port 80 for the MAXPRO
Archival 53 Mobile app 271, 342
Changing Default Port 80 for the MAXPRO Web
Arecont 360 Camera, Adding 165
Client and MAXPRO Mobile app 271
Aspect Ratio 160

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 435

Changing the Default IP address and Machine Configuring the OSD Settings 114
Name 321
Configuring the Schedules 185
Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and
Machine Name 64 Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings
114
Channels 37
Configuring the System Settings 131
Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO
NVR Server 242 Configuring the Timeline Settings 115

Clip Export 52 Connecting a PTZ Camera 74

Closing The MAXPRO® NVR SE User Interface Connecting a Video Source 72

120 Connecting Control Outputs 73
Commissioning 59 Creating Self Signed Certificate 280, 286
Complete Installation 83 Creation of Clips 243
Compression 146, 174 Creation of Images 243
Computer Name 65 Custom Installation 89
Configurator Tab 107 Customizing MAXPRO NVR Single-box Turnkey
configure Loitering Trace Alarm 344 Solutions (XE,SE,PE) 321

Configuring Cameras 139

Configuring Diagnostic Settings 115

Configuring MAXPRO NVR 60, 123

D
Default 100
Configuring MAXPRO NVR SE 123
Default IP addresses 64
Configuring Oncam Grandeye Cameras 160
Default Settings 118
Configuring System Settings 131
Deleting A Profile 101
Configuring the Advance Settings 116
Deleting Cameras 185
Configuring the Disk Management Settings 135
Device Listing 242
Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog
Camera 177 Devices Window 105
Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Diagnostic Settings 115
Camera 187
DVR 35
Configuring the Monitor Display Properties 65,
65
Configuring the New EquIP Model Camera 167 E

436 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Easy Configuration 48 Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Inter-
face 104
Edge Syn Recording 49
GOP 146, 174
Edge Sync Settings 133
GPU Rendering 357
Efficient Event and Alarm Viewing Capability 50
GPU Rendering Support 48
E-mail Notification 52

Email Settings 132

Enable Recording During On Demand Stream-
H
ing 195 Help Tab 109

Enriched Video Viewing Experience 50 Help tab 109

Event and Alarm Types 342 Holidays/Exceptions Settings 135

Event Recording 147, 176 Honeywell devices 125

Event Recording Settings 132 Honeywell provided systems 97

Event Server Configuration 133 Honeywell’s boxed solutions 59, 118

Exit 130 How to enable Anonymization 198

How to enable Four Eye Authentication 201

F How to Install MAXPRO® NVR 79

Familiarizing 104 How to upgrade the Firmware 344

FCC Compliance Statement 25 H.265 145

Firewall settings 125 H.265 cameras 51

Flexible Licensing 47 H.265 Codec Support 51

FLIR Camera, Adding 154

Form Factor 37 I
Four Eye Authentication 44 Immervision Support 159

FPS 110 Important Safeguards 26

Industry Standards 47

G Installing MAXPRO Web Client Manually 342

General System Settings 131 Installing the Certificate 284, 293

Generating Event History 244 Installing Web Client 274

Integration Capability 52

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 437

Intended Audience 25 MAXPRO NVR SE server addresses 97
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) 65 MAXPRO NVR Software 37

Introducing Web Client 273 MAXPRO NVR Software Prerequisites 79

Introduction 273 MAXPRO NVR System Architecture 54

IP expertise 36 MAXPRO NVR Web Client Features 280, 286

MAXPRO NVR Wizard 60

K MAXPRO NVR XE 37
Keyboard Support 52 MAXPRO Status Monitor 49

MAXPRO Web Configurator 48

L MaxProNVRMachineNameUtility.exe 65
Live Video from Cameras 242 MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Dis-
covery and Configuration (using ONVIF) 349
Logging Off 104
Meta Data Conversion Utility 52, 326
Logging on 97
Mobile Apps 53
Logging On To MAXPRO NVR SE 97
Modifying A Profile 101
Logging On Using Profiles 97
Multicast Enabled 145
Logon using Touch ID 311
Multi-channel Encoders 153
Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms 344
Multi-language Support 52
Looping Output Termination 73
MultiStream 48
LPR - Event Server Management 48

M N
NeoEngine Server 102
Making Connections 72
New EquIP Camera Model Dewarping 51
Managing Analog Cameras 159
New EquIP Series Camera Models Support 51
MAXPRO NVR 35
NIC2 64
MAXPRO NVR Clip Player 52

MAXPRO NVR DVD 79

MAXPRO NVR PE 37
O
Offline Mode 326
MAXPRO NVR SE 37
On Demand live Streaming 49

438 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

On Screen Display (OSD) s 109 Region of Interest (ROI) 182
ONVIF standards 36 Registration and Licensing 120

Operator Log Report 244 Rendering Camera 356

OSD Settings 114 Report tab 109

Reports 52
P Role based Operator Privileges 48
Panning, Tilting, and Zooming 243 RTSP Settings 156
Panomorph Settings 159

Password 98 S
Password Complexity 45 Salvo View 244

Patches Released 355 Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup 321

Performing PTZ operations 280 Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata
and Database 321
Playback of recorded video 243
Scope 31
Port Forwarding 102
Search 51
Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit 63
Search Tab 108
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) 44
Search tab 108
profile 100
Searching for Recorded Video in the IP Engine
Profile Cameras 52 244
Profile-G 49 Server Address 100
PSIA 36 Server IP/Name 100
PTZ 75 Setting preferences 109
Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator 274

Setting up a site 97, 123, 273, 355

R Setting up the MAXPRO NVR 59
Rear Panel Connectors 68
Setting up the server and client computers 59
Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream
Settings for the MAXPRO NVR Single-box Turn-
option 193
key Solution 61
Recorder Level Events and Alarm types 343
Settings for the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only
Recording and Playback Operations 49 Solution 61

MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide 439

Simultaneous Video Recording and Video View- Upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B
ing 50 271
Skylake Patch 355 UPS 63

SMART Motion Search 51 User Friendly and Feature Rich User Interface
49
Snapshot Clip Export Settings 114
User menu 119
Spot Monitoring 182
Username 98
Storage 37
System and Performance Improvements 46
V
Venus 51
T
Verifying the Touch ID 311
Task bar 129
Video Analytics Events 343
Third Party ONVIF Profile G supported cameras
48 Video Motion Detection (VMD) Support 50

Timeline 243 Video Rendering 110, 111

Timeline Settings 115 Video Surround Feature 52

Traditional VMD (Cameras and Head-ends) 183 view Anonymized video 200
trinity 98 Viewer 129

Trinity Controller 102 Viewer Tab 105

Trinity Server 102 VOD 49

U W
UltraKey 75 Warranty and Service 28

Uninstalling MAXPRO Web Client 274 Web Client 53

Uninstalling MAXPRO® NVR 92 Window

Updating Cameras 154

upgrade the Firmware of a camera 344

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 258

Upgrading MAXPRO NVR 92

Upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 271

440 MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide

Honeywell Building Technologies - Security Americas (Head Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Italia SpA
Office) Via Achille Grandi 22, 20097 San Donato Milanese (MI), ITALY
Honeywell Commercial Security www.security.honeywell.com/it
715 Peachtree St. NE Honeywell Commercial Security - España
Atlanta, GA 30308
Josefa Valcárcel, 24
www.security.honeywell.com/
28027 - Madrid
 +1 800 323 4576
España
Honeywell Building Technologies - Security Mexico www.honeywell.com
Mexico: Av. Santa Fe 94, Torre A, Piso 1, Col. Zedec,  +34 902 667 800
CP 0121, CDMX, Mexico. Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Россия и СНГ
Colombia: Edificio Punto 99, Carrera 11a.
121059 Moscow, UI, Kiev 7 Russia
98-50, Piso 7, Bogota, Colombia.
www.security.honeywell.com/ru
[email protected]
 +7 (495) 797-93-71
 01.800.083.59.25
Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Asia Pacific
www.honeywell.com
Building #1, 555 Huanke Road,
Honeywell Colombia SAS
Zhang Jiang Hi-Tech Park Pudong New Area,
Carrera 11A # 98-50 Shanghai, 201203, China
Edificio Punto 99, Piso 7, Bogotá DC www.asia.security.honeywell.com
Colombia  400 840 2233
Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Middle East/N. Africa Honeywell Building Technologies – Security and Fire (ASEAN)
Emaar Business Park, Sheikh Zayed Road Honeywell International Sdn Bhd
Building No. 2, 2nd floor, 201 Level 25, UOA Corp Tower, Lobby B
Post Office Box 232362 Avenue 10, The Vertical, Bangsar South City
Dubai, United Arab Emirates ™
59200, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
: +971 44541704 Visit Partner Connect: www.partnerconnect.honeywell.com
www.honeywell.com/security/me Email: [email protected]
Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Europe/South Africa Technical support (Small & Medium Business):
Aston Fields Road, Whitehouse Industrial Estate Vietnam: +84 4 4458 3369
Runcorn, WA7 3DL, Thailand: +66 2 0182439
United Kingdom Indonesia: +62 21 2188 9000
www.honeywell.com/security/uk Malaysia: +60 3 7624 1530
 08448 000 235 Singapore: +65 3158 6830
Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Northern Europe Philippines: +63 2 231 3380
Stationsplein Z-W 961, Honeywell Home and Building Technologies (India)
1117 CE Schiphol-Oost, Netherlands HBT India Buildings
www.security.honeywell.com/nl Unitech Trade Centre, 5th Floor,
 +31 (0) 299 410 200 Sector – 43, Block C, Sushant Lok Phase – 1,
Honeywell Building Technologies – Security Deutschland Gurgaon – 122002, Haryana, India
Johannes-Mauthe-Straße 14 72458 Albstadt, Germany Visit Partner Connect: www.partnerconnect.honeywell.com
www.security.honeywell.de Email: [email protected]
 +49 (0) 7431 801-0 Toll Free No: 1-800-103-0339

Honeywell Building Technologies – Security France  +91 124 4975000

Immeuble Lavoisier Honeywell Building Technologies – Security and Fire (Korea)

Parc de Haute Technologie 3-7 rue Georges Besse 92160 Antony, France Honeywell Co., Ltd. (Korea)
www.security.honeywell.com/fr 5F SangAm IT Tower,
 +33 (0) 1 40 96 20 50 434, Worldcup Buk-ro, Mapo-gu,

Honeywell Building Technologies – Security & Fire (Pacific) Seoul 03922, Korea
Visit: http://www.honeywell.com
Honeywell Ltd. 9 Columbia Way, BAULKHAM HILLS NSW 2153
Email: [email protected]
Visit: www.honeywellsecurity.com.au, Email: [email protected]
Customer support: [email protected]; +82 1522-8779
 Tech Support: Australia: 1300 220 345, New Zealand: +64 9 623 5050
 +82-2-799-6114

Document: 800-26013-C - MAXPRO®NVR 6.7 Installation and Configuration Guide – 2/2021

www.honeywell.com/security www.honeywell.com/security/uk
+1 800 323 4576 (North America only) +44 (0) 1928 754 028 (Europe only)
https//honeywellsystems.com/ss/techsupp/index.html https//honeywellsystems.com/ss/techsupp/index.html

© 2021 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced by any means without written permission from Honeywell. The
information in this publication is believed to be accurate in all respects. However, Honeywell cannot assume responsibility for any consequences resulting from the
use thereof. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Revisions or new editions to this publication may be issued to incorporate such
changes. For patent information, see www.honeywell.com/patents.